Catalog Optoelectronic Sensors PRODUCT LINE

Transcription

1 Catalog 29 Optoelectronic PRODUCT LINE

2 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG 1 1 1, A B C,1,1,3, How to find the product you're looking for The series/product group overview pages OVERVIEW 8 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range Page limits Throughbeam sensors 1 m 42 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 2 m 44 Mark detection Extension control Bar code reading Diffuse reflection scanners 5 8 mm 46 Ultrasonic Other 8 Series products: Optical distance sensors ODSL 8 26 Ultrasonic sensors LSU8, RKU8, HRTU8 25 Contrast scanners KRTG Forked Dimensioned drawing Common technical data Features Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Metal housing Residual ripple Open-circuit current 15% of U B 35mA IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2LS Special Signal voltage high/low (U B-2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Metal Interference-immune push-pull outputs Laser devices Expanded temperature range: -4 C to +6 C Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass M12 turning connector Weight (plug/cable) 7g/14g We reserve the right to make changes BR8_Overview_GB.fm A Operational control B Indicator diode C 9 turning connector Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Environmental data Ambient temperature -4 C +6 C (operation) Laser: -1 C +4 C VDE safety class II, all-insulated Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 364 onwards U L US C LISTED Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensor Page 49 Retro-reflective sensor Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanner Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Ex Protective Light Curtains 4 3B Page 2 Page 4 Page 52 Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page 186 Page () info@leuze.de 41 AS-interface The product selection tables THROUGHBEAM SENSORS 8 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver Measuring LSSR 8 - S LSER 8 / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC M12 connector 3 a, b, c, d, e, f LSSR LSER 8 / Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC Cable, 2m 3 Ultrasonic LSSR 8 - S LSER 8 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC M12 connector 3 a, b, c, d, e, f LSSR LSER 8 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Cable, 2m 3 Forked Throughbeam laser sensors LSSRL S LSERL 8 / S LSSRL LSERL 8 / Hz 28Hz Laser class 2 Laser class 2 PNP/DC NPN/DC PNP/DC NPN/DC Light Light M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f A Focus at.125m B Focus at 2m C Focus at 16m Diameter [mm] Typ. light spot Distance [m] Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensor Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Special We reserve the right to make changes BR8_LSR_GB.fm Fibre Optic Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC Options 1 Adjustable focus 2 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 3 UL approval Ex Protective Light Curtains 42 3B Page 2 Page 4 Page 52 Page 58 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page 186 Page () info@leuze.de 43 AS-interface Dimensioned drawing Current subchapter Current chapter Available function principles Other products in this series/product group Technical data Special features Reference to explanations in Optical Sensor ABCs Web link Product selection table with specific data Table with connection accessories Electrical connection diagrams Product-specific options

3 COMPANY PORTRAIT Light Curtains Standard Fibre Optic Special Forked Ultrasonic Measuring At Leuze electronic, we are "the sensor people": For more than 4 years we have been the specialists for innovative and practical solutions in the area of optical sensors for factory automation. Our systems are used in the automobile industry and in conveyor and storage technology as well as in printing machines and in packing material and analysis technologies. Our dedicated employees are characterised, above all, by their customer focus. There's one thing Leuze electronic customers can count on on us. The range of products extends from simple optical electronic sensors and identification and data transmission systems to complex image processing systems and optical electronic solutions for workplace safety. On the basis of extensive research and development work and the large application know-how possessed by our engineers, we are constantly further developing our systems. All with the goal of being able to offer our customers increasingly efficient and higher performance solutions at an optimal price / performance ratio. We are the right partner for both standard applications as well as for custom, high-end solutions, and with an extensive sales and service network we can always be reached quickly. +49 () info@leuze.de 1 Protective Ex AS-interface

4 GERMAN SALES Sales Region NORTH Sales Region EAST Sales Region SOUTH Owen/Teck Site Fürstenfeldbruck Site We reserve the right to make changes Firmenportrait_Vertriebsnetz_GB.fm With a staff of qualified field representatives and our capable Customer Support Center, we are able to provide you with service around the clock. Our dedication to qualified service and focus on the customer have always been among our distinguishing characteristics. Customer Support Center Sales / Germany Technical Hotline Sales Region North Tel / Optical Division Tel / Sales Region South Tel / Logistics Division Tel / Sales Region East Tel / Workplace Safety Division Tel / Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

5 GLOBAL SALES Special Standard Forked Ultrasonic Fibre Optic Measuring Through our constantly growing number of subsidiaries and sales partners around the world, we can guarantee you a uniform level of qualified advice, fast delivery times and reliable support during mounting and commissioning of your systems at nearly every location on earth. Subsidiaries Sales Partners AUSTRALIA Balluff-Leuze Pty. Ltd. BAYSWATER ARGENTINA KAZAKHSTAN BELGIUM Leuze electronic nv/sa MACHELEN AUSTRIA KENYA BRAZIL Leuze electronic Ltda. SAO PAULO BELORUSSIA MACEDONIA CHINA Leuze electronic Trading Co. Ltd. SHENZHEN BULGARIA MALAYSIA FRANCE Leuze electronic sarl. MARNE LA VALLÉE CHILE NIGERIA GREAT BRITAIN Leuze Mayser electronic Ltd. ST. NEOTS, CAMBRIDGESHIRE COLUMBIA NORWAY ITALY Leuze electronic S.r.l. MILAN CROATIA PHILIPPINES MEXICO Leuze lumiflex México S.A. de C.V. MONTERREY CZECH REPUBLIC POLAND RUSSIA Leuze electronic OOO MOSCOW DENMARK PORTUGAL SOUTH KOREA Leuze electronic Co., Ltd. ANYANG-SHI, KYUNGGI-DO FINLAND ROMANIA SPAIN Leuze electronic S.A. BARCELONA GREECE SERBIA SWEDEN Leuze electronic AB KUNGENS KURVA HONG KONG SINGAPORE SWITZERLAND Leuze electronic AG BRÜTTISELLEN HUNGARY SLOVAKIA THE NETHERLANDS Leuze electronic B.V. CM WAARDENBURG INDIA SLOVENIA TURKEY Leuze electronic San.ve.Tic.Ltd.Sti. ÜMRANIYE-ISTANBUL INDONESIA SOUTH AFRICA USA Leuze electronic, Inc. NEW HUDSON, MI IRAN TAIWAN ISRAEL THAILAND JAPAN UKRAINE +49 () info@leuze.de 3 Light Curtains Protective Ex AS-interface

6 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Standard 6 Series selection table Throughbeam sensors selection table Retro-reflective sensors selection table Diffuse reflection scanners selection table B Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors B Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors / DC Series optical sensors / UC Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Series optical sensors Measuring 22 Selection guide Optical distance sensors selection table Optical distance sensors Ultrasonic distance sensors Measuring CCD forked sensors Optical surface distance sensors We reserve the right to make changes IVZ_GB.fm 4 Ultrasonic 25 Series 8 switching ultrasonic sensors Series 18 switching ultrasonic sensors Series 418 switching ultrasonic sensors Series 43 switching ultrasonic sensors Forked 262 Selection guide Optical forked sensors Capacitive forked sensors Ultrasonic forked sensors Special 286 Selection guide Contrast scanners Colour sensors Luminescence scanners Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

7 SENSORS Page Fibre Optic 31 Fibre optic amplifiers Glass fibre optics Plastic fibre optics Light Curtains 328 Selection guide VARIO B light curtains KONTURflex light curtains Protective 342 Protective throughbeam sensors Test monitoring units / safety interfaces Ex 35 for potentially explosive areas of zone 1, zone for potentially explosive areas of zone 2, zone Standard Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special AS-interface 36 Accessories 364 Mounting systems / other Connection technology Reflectors Reflector range tables Optical Sensor ABCs 48 Fibre Optic Light Curtains Part Index by Type Designation 42 Protective Part Index by Order No. 434 Ex +49 () info@leuze.de 5 AS-interface

8 SERIES SELECTION TABLE Dimensions in mm (WxHxD) Housing material Operating principle Typ. op. range limit Light source Series Plastic Metal Infrared light Red light Laser 3B 11 x 32 x x 54 x x 36 x x 39 x 29 Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. 1m 6m 52mm 5 4mm 1m 5m 5 4mm 1m.2 6m 5 4mm 24m.5 15m 5 8mm 5 8mm x 5 x 33 Retro-reflective sensor 5m We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Applikation_GB.fm 8 15 x 48 x x 66 x 35 46B 18 x 75 x x 9 x M12 x M18 x 5 Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. 1m 2m 5 8mm 5 4mm 2m 9m 1 9mm 2 5mm 6m.5 18m 3 9mm 25mm 15m 28m 2 12mm 1 55mm Throughbeam sensor 8m Retro-reflective sensor.5 1.6m Diffuse reflection scanner 4mm Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner Diff. refl. scanner with backgr. suppr. 12m.2 15m 7mm 1 14mm 618 M18 x 6 Throughbeam sensor Retro-reflective sensor Diffuse reflection scanner 12m 7m 3mm 6 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

9 STANDARD SENSORS Standard Max. switching frequency Response time Special object features Resistance in industrial environment Shiny surface (metallic, foil coated object) Transparent medium (glass, PET, foil) Small part High insensitivity towards soiling / performance reserve Temperatures < -35 C Protection class Page Measuring Ultrasonic 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 2 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 2Hz.25ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 2Hz.25ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K Forked Special 15Hz.33ms IP 67, IP 69K 28Hz.18ms 1) IP 67, IP 69K 1) Not valid for 28Hz.18ms 1) IP 67, IP 69K laser sensors 15Hz.33ms 1) IP 67, IP 69K 4 2Hz.25ms 1) IP 67, IP 69K 52 Fibre Optic 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 116 Light Curtains 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 5Hz 1ms IP 67, IP 69K 2) 2) IP 69K only for sensors with 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 2) metal housing 1Hz.5ms IP 67, IP 69K 2) 124 3Hz 1.67ms IP 67, IP 69K 2) 8 Protective 5Hz 1ms IP 67 7Hz.7ms IP 67 7Hz.7ms IP 67 5Hz.1ms IP 67 5Hz.1ms IP 67 5Hz.1ms IP 67 1Hz.5ms IP 67 5Hz 1ms IP 67 5Hz 1ms IP 67 5Hz 1ms IP () info@leuze.de Ex AS-interface

10 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (WxHxD) Housing material Typ. op. range limit [m] Series Plastic Metal 3B 11 x 32 x x 54 x x 36 x 25 1 We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Kub_LS_GB.fm x 39 x x 5 x x 48 x x 66 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

11 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC-DC Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page Ex +49 () info@leuze.de AS-interface

12 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (Ø x L) Housing material Typ. op. range limit [m] Series Plastic Metal 46B 18 x 75 x x 9 x M12 x 55 8 We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Rund_LS_GB.fm 318 M18 x M18 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

13 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC Relay/AC-DC Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective Ex M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page () info@leuze.de 11 AS-interface

14 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (WxHxD) Housing material Typ. op. range limit [m] Series Plastic Metal 3B 11 x 32 x x 54 x x 36 x We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Kub_PRK_GB.fm x 39 x x 5 x x 48 x x 66 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

15 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC-DC M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page Measuring Ultrasonic 2 Forked 94 Special 16 Fibre Optic 58 Light Curtains 52 Protective 4 Ex +49 () info@leuze.de AS-interface

16 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (Ø x L) Housing material Typ. op. range limit [m] Series Plastic Metal 46B 18 x 75 x x 9 x M12 x We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Rund_PRK_GB.fm 318 M18 x M18 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

17 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC Relay/AC-DC Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective Ex M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page () info@leuze.de 15 AS-interface

18 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (WxHxD) Housing material Typ. scan range limit [mm] Series Plastic Metal 3B 11 x 32 x x 54 x x 36 x We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Kub_HRT_GB.fm x 39 x x 5 x x 48 x x 66 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

19 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC-DC Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page Ex +49 () info@leuze.de AS-interface

20 SELECTION TABLE - ACC. TO OPERATING PRINCIPLE Dimensions in mm (Ø x L) Housing material Typ. scan range limit [mm] Series Plastic Metal 46B 18 x 75 x x 9 x M12 x 55 4 We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_Rund_HRT_GB.fm 318 M18 x M18 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

21 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Standard Light source Switching output/ Operating voltage Connection Infrared light Red light Laser PNP/DC NPN/DC Push-pull/DC Relay/AC Relay/AC-DC Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective Ex M8 connector M12 connector Terminals Cable Cable + M8 connector Cable + M12 connector Page () info@leuze.de 19 AS-interface

22 OVERVIEW Product measurement Circuit board detection Container detection Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR3_Overview_GB.fm A B C Green indicator diode Yellow indicator diode Operational control Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

23 3B SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 1 m 22 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 6 m 24 Diffuse reflection scanners 5 52 mm 32 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 25mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Plastic Optics cover Plastic (PMMA) Features Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS Application-specific, special solutions available: e.g. diffuse reflection scanner with elongated light spot Highest functional reliability Laser with autocollimation principle M8 metal plug Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight (plug/cable) 1g/4g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25(-3) C +55 C Laser: -1 C +55 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated (cable) III (metal plug) Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 364 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 21 AS-interface

24 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR 3B.8 - S ILSER 3B/4 - S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC Light LSSR 3B.8, 2 - S ILSER 3B/4, 2 - S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC Light LSSR 3B - S LSER 3B/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 3B.8 - S LSER 3B/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 3B LSER 3B/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 3B.8, LSER 3B/66, Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 3B - S LSER 3B/ S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR3_LSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM8W-4P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM8A-4P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

25 3B SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable,.2m with M8 connector 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M8 connector 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M8 connector 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 2, 4 Cable, 5m 2, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M8 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Transmitter with activation input 3 Receiver with warning output Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 23 AS-interface

26 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors RKR 3B / 44D.1 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC Dark/light RKR 3B / 22D.1 - S Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC Dark/light RKR 3B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RKR 3B / S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC configurable RKR 3B / Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC configurable RKR 3B / 6D Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC configurable RKR 3B / 6.42, 2 - S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC configurable RKR 3B / 6.42, 2 - S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC configurable RK 3B / Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR3_RKR_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 4 Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

27 3B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M8 connector 4, 6 a, b, c, d M8 connector 4, 6 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 4, 6 M8 connector 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 2, 3, 5, 6 Cable, 2m 2, 3, 5, 6 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d 2, 3, 5, 6 e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Cable, 2m 4, 6 Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Teach-in via teach button or teach input Protective 3 Transparent media (foils < 2μm and bottles) 4 Shiny objects 5 Autocollimation principle 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 25 AS-interface

28 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 3B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 3B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 3B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 3B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 3B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 4 We reserve the right to make changes BR3_PRKB1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

29 3B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve M8 connector 2 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 2 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2 a, b, c, d 2 e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve Distance [m] A TK 1x1 B TKS 4x6 C TKS 2x4 D Tape 4: 5x5 A B C D Measuring Ultrasonic Forked M8 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Ex 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 27 AS-interface

30 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 3B / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC configurable PRK 3B / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC configurable PRK 3B / 6D.22 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Dark/light configurable PRK 3B / Hz Red light Push-pull/DC configurable PRK 3B / 6.22, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC configurable PRK 3B / 6.22, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC configurable PRK 3B / 6D Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Dark/light 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 4 We reserve the right to make changes BR3_PRKB2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

31 3B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector M8 connector M8 connector Cable, 2m 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 a, b c, d c, d Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve Distance [m] A TK 1x1 B TKS 4x6 C TKS 2x4 D Tape 4: 5x5 A B C D Ultrasonic Forked Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 c, d e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Cable, 2m 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach button 2 Teach-in via teach button (lockable) or teach input 3 Transparent media Protective 4 Transparent bottles 5 AutoTeach - cyclical, automatic teach event 6 Autocollimation principle Ex 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 29 AS-interface

32 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective laser sensors with polarisation filter PRKL 3B / S Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC configurable PRKL 3B / 6D.22 - S Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC Dark/light configurable PRKL 3B / S Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC configurable PRKL 3B / Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC configurable PRKL 3B / 6.22, 2 - S Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC configurable PRKL 3B / 6.22, 2 - S Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC configurable 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTKS 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 4 We reserve the right to make changes BR3_PRKB3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

33 3B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b M8 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d M8 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d Cable, 2m 2, 3, 4 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d 2, 3, 4 e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach button 2 Teach-in via teach button (lockable) or teach input 3 Autocollimation principle Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 31 AS-interface

34 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RTR3B/66-S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR3B/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Diffuse reflection light scanners with fading RTFR 3B / 6 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Light RTFR 3B / 6D - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Dark RTFR 3B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTFR 3B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTFR 3B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR3_RTFRB_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

35 3B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Protective Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Measuring M8 connector 1, 2 c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 M8 connector 1, 2 a, b <5% M8 connector 1, 2 a, b < 5% M8 connector 1, 2 c, d, e, f <5% Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 2m 1, 2 < 5% Electrical connection Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2 c, d, e, f <5% Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment Ex 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 33 AS-interface

36 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 3B / 4, 2 - S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC Light HRTR 3B / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / 44, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / 22 - S Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC HRTR 3B / Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC HRTR 3B / 6 - S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR3_HRTRB1_GB.fm HRTR 3B / 66, 2 - S Accessories / connection cables 2 Part No. Designation Features 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 4 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

37 3B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 2 a, b M8 connector 1, 2 c, d Cable, 2m 1, 2 Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2 e, f Forked M8 connector 1, 2 c, d Cable, 2m 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M8 connector 1, 2 a, b Electrical connection M8 connector 1, 2 c, d Fibre Optic Cable, 2m 1, 2 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2 c, d 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% Light Curtains Protective Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 35 AS-interface

38 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 3B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR3B/6-S-S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 6 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - S - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR3_HRTRB2_GB.fm 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

39 3B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 3 e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 3 c, d Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Forked Special Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 3 c, d 1, 2, 3 e, f Fibre Optic Protective Light Curtains Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Small, homogenous light spot for detecting small parts 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 37 AS-interface

40 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 3B / 4 - XL - S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / 44 - XL - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / 44 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 3B / 6 - XL - S Hz Red light 1xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - XL - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - XL Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 3B / 66 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% We reserve the right to make changes BR3_HRTRB3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

41 3B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 c, d M8 connector 1, 3, 4 c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 3, 4 e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M8 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b Forked M8 connector 1, 3, 4 c, d Cable, 2m 1, 3, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 3, 4 c, d 1, 3, 4 e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Light Curtains Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 3 Broad rectangular light spot guarantees the reliable detection of objects with openings, grid structures, holes, grooves and of objects with changeable position as well as transparent foils/bottles 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 39 AS-interface

42 OVERVIEW Mark detection Extension control Bar code reading Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR8_Overview_GB.fm A B C Operational control Indicator diode 9 turning connector Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

43 8 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 1 m 42 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 2 m 44 Diffuse reflection scanners 5 8 mm 46 Ultrasonic Other 8 Series products: Optical distance sensors ODSL 8 26 Ultrasonic sensors LSU8, RKU8, HRTU8 25 Contrast scanners KRTG Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Metal Optics cover Glass Features Metal housing IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS Interference-immune push-pull outputs Laser devices Expanded temperature range: -4 C to +6 C M12 turning connector Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight (plug/cable) 7g/14g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -4 C +6 C Laser: -1 C +4 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 364 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 41 AS-interface

44 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR 8 - S LSER 8 / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSSR LSER 8 / Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSSR 8 - S LSER 8 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR LSER 8 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Throughbeam laser sensors LSSRL S LSERL 8 / S Hz Laser class 2 PNP/DC NPN/DC Light LSSRL LSERL 8 / Hz Laser class 2 PNP/DC NPN/DC Light We reserve the right to make changes BR8_LSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

45 8 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 3 M12 connector 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 3 M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f A Focus at.125m B Focus at 2m C Focus at 16m Diameter [mm] 1 1 Typ. light spot 1, A B C,1,1,3, Distance [m] Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Options 1 Adjustable focus Ex 2 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 3 UL approval () info@leuze.de 43 AS-interface

46 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 8 / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 8 / Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 8 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 8 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Retro-reflective laser sensors with polarisation filter PRKL 8 / S Hz Laser class 2 PNP/DC NPN/DC Light Dark We reserve the right to make changes BR8_PRK_GB.fm PRKL 8 / Hz Laser class 2 PNP/DC NPN/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 4 Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features Light Dark More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

47 8 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Measuring M12 connector 7 a, b Cable, 2m 7 Ultrasonic M12 connector 7 a, b Cable, 2m 7 M12 connector 1, 3, 7 a, b M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 7 c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Forked Special M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 c, d Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 3, 6, 7 c, d Cable, 2m 1, 3, 6, 7 A Focus at.144m B Focus at 2m C Focus at 16m Diameter [mm] 1 1 Typ. light spot 1, A B C,1,1,3, Distance [m] Fibre Optic Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Sensitivity adjustment via teach-in 3 Autocollimation principle Protective 4 Transparent media (foil < 2μm and bottles) 5 Tracking function 6 Adjustable focus 7 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 45 AS-interface

48 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC RTR8/ Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC RTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR8/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Diffuse reflection scanners with foreground suppression VRTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC VRTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC VRTR 8 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR8_RTR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

49 8 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Protective Ultrasonic Forked Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 Optical Sensor ABCs M12 connector 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M12 connector 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Cable, 2m 2, 3 Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 3 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 47 AS-interface

50 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 8 / Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRTR 8 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 8 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 8 / 66-35, Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 8 / S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR8_HRTR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

51 8 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Ultrasonic Cable, 2m 1, Scanning range x [mm] Forked Cable, 5m 1, 2 M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Ex 2 UL approval () info@leuze.de 49 AS-interface

52 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Light spot 1) Output Switching Diffuse reflection laser scanners with background suppression HRTL 8 / S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø1.mm PNP/DC NPN/DC Light HRTL 8 / Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø1.mm PNP/DC NPN/DC Light HRTL 8 / S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø1.mm 2xPush-pull/DC HRTL 8 / 66-35, Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø1.mm 2xPush-pull/DC HRTL 8 / S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø.75mm PNP/DC NPN/DC Light HRTL 8 / Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø.75mm PNP/DC NPN/DC Light HRTL 8 / S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø.75mm 2xPush-pull/DC 1) At the specified scanning range We reserve the right to make changes BR8_HRTL_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

53 8 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 Cable, 2m 1, 2 M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Cable, 5m 1, 2 Forked M12 connector 1, 2 Cable, 2m 1, 2 M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Ex 2 UL approval () info@leuze.de 51 AS-interface

54 OVERVIEW Bottle cleaning Suspended bottle transport Bottle inspection Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR18_Overview_GB.fm A B Sensitivity adjustment Indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

55 18 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Retro-reflective sensors 5 m 54 Other 18 Series products: Ultrasonic sensors LSU Ultrasonic AS-interface sensors IPRK Measuring Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Mechanical data Housing Diecast zinc Optics cover Glass Features Stainless steel and metal housing Glass optics IP 67 and IP 69K Detection of PET, foil, and glass Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight (plug/cable) 9g/15g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25 C +55 C VDE safety class III U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 367 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 53 AS-interface

56 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors RKR18/4L Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible RKR 18 / 4, Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible RKR18/4DL Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible RKR18/4DL Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible RK 18 / 4 DL Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 We reserve the right to make changes BR18_PRK1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

57 18 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 4, 6 c, d, e, f Cable, 6m 4, 6 M8 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 a, b M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Transparent media (foil < 2μm and bottles) 3 Green LED for precise adjustment of the operating point 4 Autocollimation principle 5 Stainless steel housing Ex 6 UL approval () info@leuze.de 55 AS-interface

58 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK18/4L ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 18 / 4, ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible IPRK 18 / 4 DL ) 4 1) 1Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 18 / 24 DL ) 4 1) 1Hz Red light PNP/DC NPN/DC Dark PRK 18 / 24 DL ) 4 1) 1Hz Red light PNP/DC NPN/DC reversible PRK18/4L ) 3 1) 15Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK18/4DL ) 3 1) 15Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK18/2DL ) 3 1) 15Hz Red light NPN/DC reversible IPRK 18 / V L ) Red light 1.2 2) Analog/mA, 1xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR18_PRK2_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 2) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTKS 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

59 18 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 4, 9 a, b, c, d Cable, 6m 4, 9 M12 connector 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9 e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9 e, f M12 connector M12 connector 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 e, f a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 a, b, c, d Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 a, b, c, d M12 connector 3, 6, 8, 9 e, f Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Light Curtains 2 Transparent media (foil < 2μm and bottles) 3 LEDs for the operating mode/setting the operating point 4 Autocollimation principle 5 Teach-in via step switch Protective 6 Teach-in via control line 7 Dirt/cleaning compensation (step/peak tracking) 8 Warning output 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 57 AS-interface

60 OVERVIEW Object detection in distribution systems Detection of shiny and round objects Detection of stack edges Dimensioned drawing 25B Series 25 Series We reserve the right to make changes BR25_Overview_GB.fm A B C Operational control Green indicator diode Yellow indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

61 25 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 24 m 6 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 15 m 62 Diffuse reflection scanners 5 8 mm 72 Ultrasonic Other 25 Series products: Optical distance sensors ODS Protective sensors SLSR 25B 342 Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Plastic Optics cover Plastic Features IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS New retro-reflective sensor PRK 25B: Highest performance reserve Reliable function with shrinkwrapped objects or containers Very bright light spot, indicator diodes visible from all sides Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight (plug/cable) 15g/55g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -3 C +6 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 368 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 59 AS-interface

62 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR 25B.8 - S ILSER25B/4-S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC Light LSSR 25B - S ILSER25B/4-S Hz Red light 1xPNP/DC Light LSSR 25B LSER 25B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 25B.8 - S LSER 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 25B - S LSER 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 25B.8 - S LSER 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 25B - S LSER 25B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_LSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

63 25B SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d, e, f M12 connector 3, 4 c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 2, 4 M12 connector 2, 4 c, d, e, f M12 connector 4 c, d, e, f M8 connector 2, 4 a, b Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 1, 4 c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Transmitter with activation input 3 Receiver with warning output Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 61 AS-interface

64 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 25B / S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 25B / 4 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 25B / 4, 2 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 25B / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / 66, 1 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_PRKB1_GB.fm PRK 25B / 66, 2 - S Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features 5Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC 8 c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 1 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

65 25B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Measuring M12 connector 2, 4 c, d, e, f M12 connector 3, 4 c, d, e, f Ultrasonic Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 3, 4 c, d, e, f M12 connector 4 c, d, e, f M8 connector 4 a, b M12 connector 4 c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 4 c, d, e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve Distance [m] A TK(S) 1x1 B TK(S) 4x6 C TK(S) 2x4 A B C Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Forked Special Cable, 2m 4 Fibre Optic Cable,.1m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 4 a, b 4 c, d, e, f 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Activation input 3 Warning output 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 63 AS-interface

66 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 25B / S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 25B / S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 25B / 4.3, 2 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 25B / 4D.3 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark PRK 25B / 4D.3 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark PRK 25B / 4D.3, 2 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark PRK 25B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_PRKB2_GB.fm PRK 25B / S Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features 6 5Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC 8 c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

67 25B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Measuring M12 connector 2, 3, 6 c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 4, 6 c, d, e, f Ultrasonic Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 4, 6 c, d, e, f M8 connector 2, 5, 6 a, b M12 connector 2, 5, 6 c, d, e, f Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 5, 6 c, d, e, f M8 connector 2, 6 a, b Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve 1 3 Distance [m] A TK(S) 1x1 B TK(S) 4x6 C TK(S) 2x4 A B C Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Forked Special M8 connector 1, 2, 6 a, b Fibre Optic M12 connector 2, 6 c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 6 c, d, e, f Light Curtains 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Depolarising media (e.g. foil packaging) Protective 3 Activation input 4 Warning output 5 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 65 AS-interface

68 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 25B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 We reserve the right to make changes BR25_PRKB3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

69 25B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring Cable, 2m 2, 4 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 Cable,.2m, with M8 connector Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 4 a, b 2, 4 c, d, e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve 1 3 Distance [m] A TK(S) 1x1 B TK(S) 4x6 C TK(S) 2x4 A B C Ultrasonic Forked Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Options Protective 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Depolarising media (e.g. foil packaging) 3 Connection plug, yellow, extruded Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 67 AS-interface

70 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / 66.2, 15 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 25 / 66.41, 15 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 We reserve the right to make changes BR25_PRK1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

71 25 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M8 connector 2, 4 a, b M12 connector 2, 4 c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 2, 4 Cable,.15m, with M12 connector 2, 4 c, d, e, f M8 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3, 4 Electrical connection Cable,.15m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 c, d, e, f Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Autocollimation principle 3 Transparent media 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 69 AS-interface

72 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective laser sensors with polarisation filter PRKL 25B / 4D.1 - S Hz Red light laser class 2 PNP/DC Dark PRKL 25B / S Hz Red light laser class 2 Push-pull/DC PNP/light NPN/dark PRKL 25B / S Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC PRKL 25B / S Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC PRKL 25B / Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 41 We reserve the right to make changes BR25_PRKLB_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC g PRKL 25B - S12 Laser pointer as alignment aid (see electr. connection) 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

73 25B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Ultrasonic Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 4 c, d, e, f, g M12 connector 1, 2, 4 c, d, e, f, g M8 connector 1, 4 a, b, g M12 connector 1, 4 c, d, e, f, g Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve Distance [m] A TK(S) 1x1 B MTKS 5x5 C MTKS 2x2 A B C Forked Special Cable, 2m 1, 4 g Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Activation input 3 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 71 AS-interface

74 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RTR 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 25 / , 15 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_RTR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

75 25(B) SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 5 a, b M12 connector 1, 5 c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 5 Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 6 c, d, e, f Forked M12 connector 1, 2, 5 c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 5 Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Cable.15m with M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Light Curtains Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Contrast detection (light/dark) Protective 3 Detection of foil-coated objects 4 Vertical positioning, also suitable for holes (< 1mm) in columns 5 UL approval 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 73 AS-interface

76 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection light scanners with fading RTFR 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTFR 25B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTFR 25B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTFR 25B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_RTFRB_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

77 25B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Protective Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector 1, 2 a, b < 5% M12 connector 1, 2 c, d, e, f <5% Cable, 2m 1, 2 < 5% Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2 c, d, e, f <5% Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with fading Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer Ex 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 75 AS-interface

78 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / 66-3, 1 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / 66-3, 3 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / 66-3, 5 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 25 / S Hz 1) Red light Push-pull/DC reversible HRTR 25 / S Hz 1) Red light Push-pull/DC reversible HRTR 25 / Hz 1) Red light Push-pull/DC reversible We reserve the right to make changes BR25_HRTR1_GB.fm 1) Depends on the contrast difference between object and background Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

79 25 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Ultrasonic Forked Light Curtains Measuring M8 connector 1, 4 a, b M12 connector 1, 4 c, d, e, f Typ. black/white behaviour Cable, 2m 1, 4 Cable,.1m, with M8 connector 1, 4 a, b Red. of scanning range y [mm] A B C Scanning range x [mm] Cable,.3m, with M12 connector Cable,.5m, with M12 connector 1, 4 c, d, e, f 1, 4 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M8 connector 2, 3, 4 a, b M12 connector 2, 3, 4 c, d, e, f Scanning range y obtained [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x taught [mm] Electrical connection Fibre Optic Cable, 2m 2, 3, 4 A white 9% grey 18% B black 6% C black 4% x y Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Teach-in via teach button or teach input 3 Colour-independent object detection 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 77 AS-interface

80 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRT 25 / S Hz Infrared light Push-pull/DC reversible HRT 25 / S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 25 / S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 25 / S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 25 / 66-3, Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 25 / 66-3, 15 - S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR25_HRTR2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

81 25 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Light Curtains Fibre Optic Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 5 c, d, e, f M8 connector 1, 3, 5 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 3, 5 a, b M12 connector 1, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Forked Cable, 5m 1, 4, 5 Cable,.15m, with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Scanning range pre-set 3 Optimised to detect dark/glossy objects 4 Detection of shining objects Ex 5 UL approval () info@leuze.de 79 AS-interface

82 OVERVIEW Material flow tracking Container detection Pallet detection Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR46_Overview_GB.fm A B C Green indicator diode Scanning range adjustment Yellow indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

83 46B SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 6 m 82 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors.5 18 m 84 Diffuse reflection scanners 1 25 mm 88 Ultrasonic Other 46B Series products: Protective sensors SLS 46B 342 Ex sensors PRK 46B Ex n, HRT 46B Ex n 356 Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 3mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Plastic Features Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS Good operability from the optics side IP 67 and IP 69K Highest performance reserve Reliable function with shrinkwrapped pallets Very bright light spot, indicator diodes visible from all sides Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Plastic Environmental data Weight (plug/cable) Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class Protection class 5g/13g -3 C +6 C Laser: -3 C +55 C II, all-insulated IP 67, IP 69K Standards applied IEC , UL 58 U L US C LISTED Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Light Curtains Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 369 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 81 AS-interface

84 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR 46B - S ILSER 46B/4 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light LSSR 46B LSER 46B/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 46B, 2 - S LSER 46B/66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 46B.8 - S ILSER 46B/4 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light LSSR 46B - S LSER 46B/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 46B.8 - S LSER 46B/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 46B - S LSER 46B/ S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR46_LS_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

85 46B SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 4, 5 Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 4, 5 M12 connector 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable,.3m, with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Transmitter with activation input 3 Receiver with warning output 4 Highly visible, additional LED assists with alignment 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 83 AS-interface

86 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter IPRK 46B / 4 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 46B / 44 - S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 46B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / 7D - S Hz Red light Relay/makecontact Dark 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 42 We reserve the right to make changes BR46_PRKB1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin b K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin c K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin d K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

87 46B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 2, 4, 7 M12 connector 2, 7 M12 connector 2, 7 M12 connector 1, 2, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve A TK 1x1 B TK 82.2 C TKS 5x5 D TKS 4x6 E TKS 2x4 F Tape 4 5x5 G Switching point A B C D E F G Distance [m] Ultrasonic Forked Cable, 2m 2, 7 Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M12 connector 2, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Fast alignment through brightvision 3 Activation input Protective 4 Warning output 5 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 6 Highest functional reliability for depolarising media Ex 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 85 AS-interface

88 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 46B / S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 46B / S Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 46B / 4D.2 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark PRK 46B / S Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 46B / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PNP/light NPN/dark PRK 46B / S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / 66.2, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 42 We reserve the right to make changes BR46_PRKB2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin b K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin c K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin d K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

89 46B SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7 M12 connector 2, 4, 6, 7 M12 connector 2, 5, 6, 7 M12 connector 2, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve Distance [m] A TK 1x1 B TK 82.2 C TKS 5x5 D TKS 4x6 E Tape 4 5x5 F Switching point A B C D E F Ultrasonic Forked M12 connector 2, 5, 6, 7 M12 connector 2, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 2, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Fast alignment through brightvision 3 Activation input Protective 4 Warning output 5 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 6 Highest functional reliability for depolarising media 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 87 AS-interface

90 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RTR 46B / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 46B / Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC RTR 46B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 46B / 4 - S ) 18 2Hz Red light PNP/DC Light HRTR 46B / 4D - S ) 18 2Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark HRTR 46B / 66 - S ) 18 2Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S ) 18 2Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 46B / 66 - S - S ) 7 2Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR46_HRTRB_GB.fm 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin b K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin c K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin d K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

91 46B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 4, 5 Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B 12 C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Special Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% Fibre Optic x y M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Reliable detection of light, dark, inclined/sloped surfaces 3 Optimised small light spot for reliable detection of objects with coloured structure 4 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules Ex 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 89 AS-interface

92 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRT 46B / 4 - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light IHRT 46B / 4 - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light IHRT 46B / 4, 2 - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light HRT 46B / 4D - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark IHRT 46B / 4D - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark HRT 46B / 4D, 2 - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark IHRT 46B / 4D, 2 - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark HRT 46B / 44 - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT 46B / 66 - S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR46_HRTB1_GB.fm HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S HRT 46B / 7 - S Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC 2Hz Infrared light Relay, makecontact Light More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin b K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

93 46B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Ultrasonic Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Typ. black/white behaviour Forked M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Red. of scanning range y [mm] 5 45 A B 4 C Scanning range x [mm] A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Special Fibre Optic M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Light Curtains M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Warning output 3 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 4 Reliable detection of light, dark, inclined/sloped surfaces 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 91 AS-interface

94 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection light scanners with background suppression, permanently set scanning range HRT 46B / F - S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light HRT 46B / 66-55F - S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 46B / F - S Hz Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC Diffuse reflection laser scanners with background suppression HRTL 46B / 66 - S Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC HRTL 46B / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% We reserve the right to make changes BR46_HRTB2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin b K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin c K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 angular, 4-pin d K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5m, Ultra-Lock, M12 axial, 4-pin e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5m, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

95 46B SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 4, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Ultrasonic M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Fibre Optic Forked M12 connector 1, 5, 7 Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 5, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Special Scanning range x [mm] Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Light Curtains 2 Permanently set scanning range of 625mm ± 75mm 3 Reliable detection of objects between the rollers of a roller conveyor (gap between the rollers 6mm) Protective 4 Reliable detection of light, dark, inclined/sloped surfaces 5 Precise positioning and detection of small parts 6 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 93 AS-interface

96 OVERVIEW Meat processing Filling of dairy products Medical technology Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR53_Overview_GB.fm A B C Operational control Indicator diodes Permissible clamping range Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

97 53 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 1 m 96 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 5 m 98 Diffuse reflection scanners 5 4 mm 12 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple Open-circuit current Signal voltage high/low 15% of U B 18mA (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Flashing yellow LED Switching output No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing AISI 316L stainless steel, DIN X2CrNiMo17132, 1.444, Ra 2.5 Housing design Optics cover HYGIENE-Design Plastic (PMMA) Features 316L stainless steel housing in Hygiene-Design Scratch resistant and non-diffusive plastic front cover Enclosed optics design prevents bacterial carry-overs Paperless device identification ECOLAB and CleanProof+ tested Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS U L US C LISTED Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Weight (plug/cable) 5g/6g Optical Sensor ABCs Environmental data Ambient temperature 1) (operation and storage) VDE safety class -3 C +7 C Operating temperatures of +7 C permissible only briefly ( 15min). III Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Environmental test ECOLAB, CleanProof+ Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Ex () info@leuze.de 95 AS-interface

98 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR S LSER 53/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR53_LSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. b K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. c K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

99 53 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M8 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Transmitter with activation input 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 97 AS-interface

100 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors RKR 53 / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC RKR 53 / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC RKR 53 / 6.42, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 42 We reserve the right to make changes BR53_RKR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

101 53 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Ultrasonic Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M8 connector 2, 3, 4, 5 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Cable.2m with M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach input or lockable teach button Protective 2 Teach-in via teach button 3 Transparent media (foil < 2μm and bottles) 4 Autocollimation principle Ex 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 99 AS-interface

102 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 53 / S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PRK 53 / S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PRK 53 / 6.22, 2 - S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Retro-reflective laser sensors with polarisation filter PRKL 53 / S ) 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC PRKL 53 / S ) 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC PRKL 53 / 6.22, 2 - S ) 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 42 2) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTKS 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 42 We reserve the right to make changes BR53_PRKL_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

103 53 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve M8 connector 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 4, 5, 6 c, d, e, f Cable.2m with M8 connector 1, 4, 5, 6 c, d, e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve A B C D Distance [m] A TK 1x1 B TKS 4x6 C TKS 2x4 D Tape 4: 5x5 Light Curtains Measuring Forked Ultrasonic M8 connector 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 5, 6 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Special Cable.2m with M8 connector 1, 3, 5, 6 c, d, e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Options 1 Teach-in via teach input or lockable teach button 2 Teach-in via teach button Protective 3 Detection of small parts and very fast events 4 Transparent bottles 5 Autocollimation principle 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 11 AS-interface

104 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 53 / 6 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 6, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR53/6-S-S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 6 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66 - S - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% We reserve the right to make changes BR53_HRTR1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

105 53 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 5 c, d, e, f Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2, 5 c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Forked M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 a, b Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Reliable switching nearly independent of object/background properties 3 Reliable switching even on glossy objects and objects with coloured structure 4 Small, homogenous light spot for detecting small parts 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 13 AS-interface

106 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 53 / 6 - XL - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 6 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66 - XL - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 53 / 66 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% We reserve the right to make changes BR53_HRTR2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

107 53 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 3 c, d, e, f Cable,.2m, with M8 connector 1, 2, 3 c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Forked Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Broad rectangular light spot guarantees the reliable detection of objects with openings, grid structures, holes, grooves and of objects with changeable position as well as transparent foils/bottles 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Protective Ex () info@leuze.de 15 AS-interface

108 OVERVIEW Filling of food containers Detection of baked goods Filling of beverage containers Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR55_Overview_GB.fm A B Operational control Indicator diodes Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

109 55 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 1 m 18 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 6 m 11 Diffuse reflection scanners 5 4 mm 114 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple Open-circuit current Signal voltage high/low 15% of U B 18mA (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Flashing yellow LED Switching output No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing AISI 316L stainless steel, DIN X2CrNiMo17132, 1,444, Ra 2.5 Housing design Optics cover WASH-DOWN-Design Plastic (PMMA) Features 316L stainless steel housing in Wash-Down-Design Scratch resistant and non-diffusive plastic front cover Enclosed optics design prevents bacterial carry-overs Paperless device identification ECOLAB and CleanProof+ tested Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS U L US C LISTED Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Weight (plug/cable) 4g/6g Optical Sensor ABCs Environmental data Ambient temp. (operation and storage) VDE safety class -3 C +7 C Operating temperatures of +7 C permissible only briefly ( 15min). III Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Environmental test ECOLAB, CleanProof+ Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 364 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 17 AS-interface

110 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR S LSER 55/66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC LSSR 55.8, 2 - S LSER 55/66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR55_LSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. b K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. c K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

111 55 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Protective Light Curtains Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M8 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 2 e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options Ex 1 Transmitter with activation input 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 19 AS-interface

112 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors RKR 55 / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC RKR 55 / S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC RKR 55 / 6.42, 2 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK55/6-S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PRK 55 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 55 / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 43 We reserve the right to make changes BR55_RKR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

113 55 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve Ultrasonic Light Curtains Special Forked Measuring M8 connector 2, 3, 4, 5 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 c, d Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5 e, f M8 connector 5 a, b M8 connector 5 c, d Cable.2m with M12 connector 5 e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve A B C D Distance x [m] A TK 1x1 B TKS 4x6 C TKS 2x4 D Tape 4: 5x5 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Fibre Optic Options 1 Teach-in via teach input or lockable teach button Protective 2 Teach-in via teach button 3 Transparent media (foil < 2μm and bottles) 4 Autocollimation principle Ex 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 111 AS-interface

114 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 55 / S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PRK 55 / S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC PRK 55 / 6.22, 2 - S ) 5 1) 1Hz Red light Push-pull/DC Retro-reflective laser sensors with polarisation filter PRKL 55 / S ) 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC PRKL 55 / S ). 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC PRKL 55 / 6.22, 2 - S ) 3 2) 2Hz Red light laser class 1 Push-pull/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 43 2) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTKS 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 43 We reserve the right to make changes BR55_PRKL_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

115 55 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. performance reserve M8 connector 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 4, 5, 6 c, d Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 6 e, f Performance reserve Typ. performance reserve A B C D Distance [m] A TK 1x1 B TKS 4x6 C TKS 2x4 D Tape 4: 5x5 Light Curtains Measuring Forked Ultrasonic M8 connector 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 5, 6 c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Special Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 3, 5, 6 e, f Electrical connection Fibre Optic Options 1 Teach-in via teach input or lockable teach button 2 Teach-in via teach button Protective 3 Detection of small parts and very fast events 4 Transparent bottles 5 Autocollimation principle 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 113 AS-interface

116 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRTR 55 / 6 - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR55/6-S-S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66 - S - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66 - S, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 6 - XL - S Hz Red light Push-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66 - XL - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 55 / 66 - XL, 2 - S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR55_HRTR1_GB.fm 1) Typical scanning range with a black/white error < 1% Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. d K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. e K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, Food+Bev. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

117 55 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M8 connector 1, 2, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 2, 6 c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 6 e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 3, 4, 6 c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 6 e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Forked Special M8 connector 1, 5, 6 a, b M8 connector 1, 5, 6 c, d Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 5, 6 e, f Fibre Optic Light Curtains Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Reliable switching nearly independent of object/background properties 3 Reliable switching even on glossy objects and objects with coloured structure Protective 4 Small, homogenous light spot for detecting small parts 5 Broad rectangular light spot guarantees the reliable detection of objects with openings, grid structures, holes, grooves and of objects with changeable position as well as transparent foils/bottles 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 115 AS-interface

118 OVERVIEW Cover control Product separation Postpress applications Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR95_Overview_GB.fm A B C Scanning range adjustment Yellow switching indicator Green operation indicator Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

119 95 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 2 m 118 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 9 m 12 Diffuse reflection scanners 9 mm 122 Ultrasonic Other 95 Series products: Protective sensors SLSR AS-interface sensors PRK Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1(18) 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Features Metal housing Glass optics IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS Detection of PET, foil, and glass Forked Special Fibre Optic Mechanical data Housing Diecast zinc Optics cover Glass M12 connector Weight Stainless steel 9g U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class Protection class -3 C +55 C II, all-insulated IP 67, IP 69K Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 37 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 117 AS-interface

120 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSR95/2.8SE-L ILSR 95 / 44 E - L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LS 95 / 2.8 SE - L ILS 95 / 44 E - L Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR95_ILSR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

121 95 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Light Curtains Special Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection ( ) ( ) (5 3459) (5 3451) Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Transmitter with activation input 3 Receiver with warning output Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 119 AS-interface

122 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 95 / 44 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC IPRK 95 / 44 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC IPRK 95 / 4.8 L Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 95 / 44 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC IPRK 95 / 44 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK95/4L Hz Red light PNP/DC Light IPRK 95 / 44 L (with refl. tape 4, 1x1).3 (with refl. tape 4, 1x1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 95 / 44 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 95 / 22 L Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR95_IPRK_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 43 Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

123 95 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 8 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 5, 8 e, f M12 connector 3, 4, 5, 8 e, f M12 connector 3, 5, 8 e, f M12 connector 1, 3, 5, 8 e, f M12 connector 3, 6, 8 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 3, 5, 7, 8 e, f Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 8 a, b, c, d Fibre Optic M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 8 a, b, c, d Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Light Curtains 2 Transparent media 3 Autocollimation principle 4 Activation input Protective 5 Warning output 6 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 7 Focus at 1mm 8 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 121 AS-interface

124 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RKR 95 / 44-6 L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC IRKR 95 / L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC IRK 95 / L Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression FRKR 95 / L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC FRK 95 / L Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC FRKR 95 / L Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR95_FRKR_GB.fm FRK 95 / L FRK 95 / L Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features 1Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC 1Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

125 95 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 5 a, b Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 2, 5 c, d M12 connector 1, 2, 5 c, d Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 12 1 A B 8 C Scanning range x [mm] Forked M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b M12 connector 1, 3, 5 a, b A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] x y Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Special M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 4 3 A B C Scanning range x [mm] Fibre Optic M12 connector 1, 5 a, b M12 connector 1, 5 a, b Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Light Curtains Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer/multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Warning output 3 Shiny/inclined surfaces 4 Focussed light beam 5 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 123 AS-interface

126 OVERVIEW Compartment occupancy monitoring Pallet detection Pallet repositioning Dimensioned drawing A B C D E F G H I K Green indicator diode Yellow indicator diode Device plug M12x1 Screwed cable gland M16x1.5 for Ø 5 1mm Countersinking for SK nut M5, 4.2 deep Output with switching delay option Connection terminals Cable entry Scanning range adjustment switching We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_Overview_GB.fm Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

127 96 SERIES / DC Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 15 m 126 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 28 m 13 Diffuse reflection scanners 1 65 mm 136 Ultrasonic Other 96 Series products: 2-23 V AC / DC AC-DC versions LS 96, (P)RK 96, (H)RT Optical distance sensors ODS 96, ODSL Protective sensors SLS Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circ. curr. (heating) 5mA ( 13mA) Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Metal or plastic Features Metal or plastic housing Large, dirt-resistant optical surface IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS Universally usable due to long operating ranges and high performance reserve Connection via terminals or M12 connectors Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass or plastic Environmental data Weight (metal/plastic) Ambient temperature (operation) 38g/15g -3 C +55 C Laser: C +4 C U L US C LISTED Optical Sensor ABCs Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Protection class IP 67, IP 69K 1) Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective 1) IP 69K only with metal housing Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 371 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 125 AS-interface

128 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS / DC Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors in metal housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 96 M - 12W LSE 96 M/P - 181W Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M - 12W LSE 96 M/P - 181W Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_LS1_GB.fm LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

129 96 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 2, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 5, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 2, 7 Terminals 1, 4, 6, 7 M12 connector 1, 7 M12 connector 1, 3, 5, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Terminals 1, 7 Electrical connection Terminals 1, 3, 5, 7 M12 connector 1, 4, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Wide angle version for easy alignment 3 Transmitter with activation input Protective 4 Receiver with warning output 5 Low-temperature version with optics heating 6 Switching delay 7 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 127 AS-interface

130 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS / DC Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors in metal housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 96 M LSE96M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 96 M LSE 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC Throughbeam sensors in plastic housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS96K LSE 96 K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC LSS96K LSE 96 K/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark LSS96K LSE 96 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS96K LSE 96 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS96K LSE 96 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_LS2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

131 96 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Protective Light Curtains Forked Measuring Terminals 1, 7 Terminals 1, 5, 7 M12 connector 1, 4, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 3, 7 M12 connector 1, 2, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 1, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 6, 7 Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 3 Transmitter with activation input 4 Warning output 5 Low-temperature version with optics heating 6 Switching delay Ex 7 UL approval () info@leuze.de 129 AS-interface

132 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS / DC Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing RK 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK96M/N Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_PRK1_GB.fm PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light 1Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 44 Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

133 96 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Forked Special Fibre Optic Ultrasonic Measuring Terminals 1, 7 M12 connector 1, 5, 7 a, b, c, d Terminals 1, 7 Terminals 1, 4, 7 M12 connector 1, 2, 7 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 7 a, b, c, d Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 2, 7 a, b, c, d M12 connector 1, 3, 7 a, b, c, d Terminals 1, 3, 7 Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Activation input 3 Warning output Protective 4 Low-temperature version with optics heating 5 Switching delay 6 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 7 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 131 AS-interface

134 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS / DC Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_PRK2_GB.fm PRK 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 44 Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

135 96 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 2, 3, 4, 5, 9 a, b, c, d Terminals 2, 3, 9 Terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 9 M12 connector 3, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 9 Terminals 1, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Terminals 2, 6, 7, 9 Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 Options 1 Intelligent sensitivity adjustment via 1-turn-potentiometer Light Curtains 2 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 3 Warning output 4 Low-temperature version with optics heating 5 Switching delay Protective 6 Autocollimation principle 7 Transparent media 8 Integrated slit diaphragm for detection of the smallest gaps 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 133 AS-interface

136 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS / DC Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in plastic housing with polarisation filter PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Dark PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 96 K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_PRK3_GB.fm PRK 96 K/N Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 44 Accessories / connection cables 8 1 Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

137 96 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 1, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 3, 6 Terminals 1, 2, 6 M12 connector 1, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 5, 6 M12 connector 1, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 1, 4, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Terminals 1, 6 Fibre Optic M12 connector 1, 4, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Activation input (active high) Protective 3 Activation input (active low) 4 Switching delay 5 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules 6 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 135 AS-interface

138 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing RT 96 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light RT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing RT 96 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 96 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 96 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_RT_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

139 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Terminals 1, 3, 5 M12 connector 1, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 Warning output 3 Short range 2mm 4 Switching delay Ex 5 UL approval () info@leuze.de 137 AS-interface

140 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing with background suppression HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC Light, configurable HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_HRT1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

141 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 5 M12 connector 1, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Scanning range x [mm] Forked Terminals 1, 4, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 2 switching points for short/distant range, programmable switching outputs 3 Low-temperature version with optics heating 4 Switching delay 5 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 139 AS-interface

142 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing with background suppression HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_HRT2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

143 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 Terminals 1, 3, 4 Terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Forked Terminals 1, 2, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Low-temperature version with optics heating 3 Switching delay 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 141 AS-interface

144 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection laser scanners in metal housing with background suppression HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light laser class 2 3xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light laser class 2 3xPNP/DC Dark HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P - 336W ) 1Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPNP/DC HRT 96 M/P Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC HRTL 96B M/66.1S - S Hz Red light laser class 2 2xPush-pull/DC 1) Configurable range adjustment, in combination with reflective tape (standard):.1 5m We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_HRT3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

145 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 4, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 5, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 5, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Forked M12 connector M12 connector 1, 5, 6, 7, 9 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 1 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Max. scanning range reduction [mm] Reference: white 9% Black/white behaviour A Scanning range x [m] A 6 9% diffuse reflection Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Special Fibre Optic Options 1 Switching point adjustment via potentiometer 2 Switching point adjustment via teach buttons Light Curtains 3 2 independently adjustable switching points 4 3 independently adjustable switching points 5 2 independently adjustable switching points + analog output 1 5V 6 Adjustable switching behaviour: light/dark Protective 7 Switching state indicator diodes for each switching output 8 Preset reserve + hysteresis for optimum, reliable switching behaviour 9 UL approval 1 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 143 AS-interface

146 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing with background suppression HRT96K/P Hz Red light PNP/DC Light HRT96K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT96K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT96K/P Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC HRT96K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_HRT4_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

147 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 4 M12 connector 1, 4 M12 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 14 A 12 B 1 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Terminals 1, 4 Forked M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Activation input 3 Switching delay 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 145 AS-interface

148 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing with background suppression HRT96K/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Light HRT96K/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC Dark HRT 96 K/P Hz Infrared light PNP/DC reversible HRT96K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC HRT96K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR96_DC_HRT5_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

149 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 3 M12 connector 1, 2, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Forked Terminals 1, 3 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Direct connection to AS-interface I/O coupling modules Ex 3 UL approval () info@leuze.de 147 AS-interface

150 OVERVIEW Compartment occupancy monitoring Pallet detection Pallet repositioning Dimensioned drawing A B C D E F G H I K Green indicator diode Yellow indicator diode Device plug M12x1 Screwed cable gland M16x1.5 for Ø 5 1mm Countersinking for SK nut M5, 4.2 deep Output with switching delay option Connection terminals Cable entry Scanning range adjustment switching We reserve the right to make changes BR96_UC_Overview_GB.fm Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

151 96 SERIES / AC-DC Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 15 m 15 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 24 m 152 Diffuse reflection scanners 2 18 mm 156 Ultrasonic Other 96 Series products: 1-3 V DC DC versions LS 96, (P)RK 96, (H)RT Optical distance sensors ODS 96, ODSL Protective sensors SLS Forked Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 2 23VAC, 5/6Hz 2 23VDC Power consumption 2VA Switching voltage 25VAC/DC Switching current 3A (at 25VAC/3VDC) Switching power 75VA, cosϕ=1 Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Switching output Features Metal or plastic housing Large, dirt-resistant optical surface IP 67 and IP 69K Active ambient light suppression A 2 LS AC-DC version (2 23VAC- DC) with relay output Universally usable due to long operating ranges and high performance reserve Special Fibre Optic Flashing yellow LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing Metal or plastic Optics cover Glass or plastic U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Weight (metal/plastic) 38g/15g Optical Sensor ABCs Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class -3 C +55 C II, all-insulated Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 A 2 LS Page 417 Protective Protection class IP 67, IP 69K 1) Standards applied IEC , UL 58 1) IP 69K with metal housing Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 371 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 149 AS-interface

152 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS / AC-DC Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors in metal housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 96 M - 175W LSE96M/R-176W Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact LSS 96 M LSE96M/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact LSS 96 M LSE96M/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact Throughbeam sensors in plastic housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS96K LSE96K/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact LSS96K LSE96K/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact We reserve the right to make changes BR96_UC_LS_GB.fm 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

153 96 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring Terminals 1, 2, 4 Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 3, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Wide angle version for easy alignment 3 Switching delay Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 151 AS-interface

154 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS / AC-DC Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in plastic housing RK 96 K/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRK96M/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96M/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96M/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96M/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 45 We reserve the right to make changes BR96_UC_PRK1_GB.fm 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

155 96 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Forked Special Light Curtains Protective Fibre Optic Ultrasonic Measuring Terminals 2, 7, 8 Terminals 2, 8 Terminals 2, 5, 8 Terminals Terminals 1, 3, 4, 5, 8 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Intelligent sensitivity adjustment via 1-turn-potentiometer 2 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 3 Autocollimation principle 4 Transparent media 5 Switching delay 6 Integrated slit diaphragm 3.7x2mm 7 switching reversible Ex 8 UL approval () info@leuze.de 153 AS-interface

156 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS / AC-DC Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in plastic housing with polarisation filter PRK 96 K/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96K/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96K/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK 96 K/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact PRK96K/R Hz Red light Relay Break/makecontact 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 45 We reserve the right to make changes BR96_UC_PRK2_GB.fm 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

157 96 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring Terminals 1, 3, 4 Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 3, 4 Terminals 1, 2, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Switching delay 3 switching reversible Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 155 AS-interface

158 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS / AC-DC Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing RT 96 M/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact Diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing with background suppression HRT 96 M/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact HRT 96 M/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact Diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing with background suppression HRT 96 K/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact HRT 96 K/R Hz Infrared light Relay Break/makecontact We reserve the right to make changes BR96_UC_HRT_GB.fm 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

159 96 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring Terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 3, 4 Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 5 A 4 B 3 C Scanning range x [mm] Terminals 1, 4 Terminals 1, 3, 4 A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 5 A 4 B 3 C Scanning range x [mm] x y Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options Protective 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 Short range (2mm) 3 Switching delay Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 157 AS-interface

160 OVERVIEW Mould-removal monitoring Dimensioned drawing 9 optics Straight optics Metal Plastic Metal Plastic We reserve the right to make changes BR318_Overview_GB.fm A B Indicator diode Sensitivity adjustment Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

161 318 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 12 m 16 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 15 m 168 Diffuse reflection scanners 7 mm 174 Ultrasonic Other 318 Series products: Protective sensors SLS Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 25mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -1.6V)/ 1.6V Indicators Red LED Switching output Flashing red LED No performance reserve Mechanical data Housing PA 12 or stainless steel Features Very small construction for limited spaces Available in plastic and stainless steel housing Available with straight and angular optics Powerful laser devices available in M18 cylindrical housing Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover PA12 Weight (plug/cable) 2g/9g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25 C +65 C Laser: -25 C +6 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Protection class IP 67 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 372 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 159 AS-interface

162 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors in metal housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 318 M S LSE 318 M/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 M LSE 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 M - S LSE 318 M/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 M LSE 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 M LSE 318 M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC LSS 318 WM - S LSE 318 WM/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 WM LSE 318 WM/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 WM LSE 318 WM/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_LS1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

163 318 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 5 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4, 5 Electrical connection Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4, 5 Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Transmitter with 2 activation inputs 3 Glass-protected optical system 4 9 optics 5 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 161 AS-interface

164 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam laser sensors in metal housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSSL 318 M - S LSEL 318 M/P - S Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC LSSL 318 M LSEL 318 M/P Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC LSSL 318 M - S LSEL 318 M/P - B5 - S Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC LSSL 318 M LSEL 318 M/P - B Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_LSL1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

165 318 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Light Curtains Forked Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 4 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Diameter [mm] Typ. light spot Distance [m] M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Special Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Transmitter with 2 activation inputs 3 Integrated pin diaphragm Ø 1.mm for detection of small parts Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 163 AS-interface

166 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors in plastic housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 318 K S LSE 318 K/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 K LSE 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 K LSE 318 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC LSS 318 K - S LSE 318 K/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 K LSE 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 K - S LSE 318 K/N - S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC LSS 318 WK - S LSE 318 WK/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC LSS 318 WK - S LSE 318 WK/N - S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_LS2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

167 318 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Ultrasonic Forked Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 M12 connector 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 M12 connector 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Fibre Optic Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 Transmitter with 2 activation inputs 3 9 optics 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 165 AS-interface

168 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam laser sensors in plastic housing = Transmitter = Receiver LSSL 318 K - S LSEL 318 K/P - B5 - S Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_LSL2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

169 318 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Transmitter with 2 activation inputs Ex 3 Integrated pin diaphragm Ø 1.mm for detection of small parts 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 167 AS-interface

170 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing RK 318 M/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RK 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RK 318 M/N - S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RK 318 M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC Retro-reflective sensors in plastic housing RK 318 K/P - S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RK 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RK 318 K/N - S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RK 318 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RK_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 46 Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

171 318 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Protective Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 2m 1, 2 Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Ex 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 169 AS-interface

172 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRK 318 M/P - S ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 M/P ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 M/N - S ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC PRK 318 M/N ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC PRK 318 WM/P - S ) 4.5 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 WM/P ) 4.5 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC Retro-reflective laser sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRKL 318 M/P - S ) 15 2) 5Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC PRKL 318 M/P ) 15 2) 5Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_PRK1_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 46 2) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTK(S) 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 46 Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

173 318 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Protective Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Diameter [mm] Typ. light spot Distance [m] Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 9 optics Ex 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 171 AS-interface

174 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in plastic housing with polarisation filter PRK 318 K/P - S ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 K/P ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 K/N - S ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC PRK 318 K/N ) 6 1) 1Hz Red light 2xNPN/DC PRK 318 WK/P - S ) 4.5 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC PRK 318 WK/P ) 4.5 1) 1Hz Red light 2xPNP/DC Retro-reflective laser sensors in plastic housing with polarisation filter PRKL 318 K/P - S ) 15 2) 5Hz Red light laser class 1 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_PRK2_GB.fm 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 46 2) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors MTK(S) 5 x 5, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 46 Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

175 318 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Protective Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Measuring M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Diameter [mm] Typ. light spot Distance [m] Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 9 optics Ex 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 173 AS-interface

176 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing RT 318 M/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 WM/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RT1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

177 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 6 A 5 B 4 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Forked Special Cable, 2m 1, 3 Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 9 optics Ex 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 175 AS-interface

178 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Light spot 1) Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing RT 318 M/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 WM/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 M/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 M/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC Energetic diffuse reflection laser scanners in metal housing RTL 318 M/P S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø5mm 2xPNP/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RT2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

179 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 4 Cable, 2m 1, 4 M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 3 25 A B 2 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 3, 4 M12 connector 1, 2, 4 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Forked Special A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Fibre Optic M12 connector 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 3 25 A B 2 C Scanning range x [mm] Light Curtains 1) Laser models: At the specified scanning range Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer Protective 2 V-optics for background suppression 3 9 optics 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 177 AS-interface

180 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing RT 318 K/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 K/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT318WK/P-4-S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 WK/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RT3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

181 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 6 A 5 B 4 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 M12 connector 1, 2, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Red. of scanning range y [mm] Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Forked Special M12 connector 1, 3 Cable, 2m 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Fibre Optic Protective Light Curtains Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 9 optics 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 179 AS-interface

182 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing RT 318 K/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT318WK/P-1-S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 WK/P Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 WK/N S Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC RT 318 K/P S Hz Infrared light 2xPNP/DC RT 318 K/N Hz Infrared light 2xNPN/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RT4_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

183 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 1, 4 M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour 3 25 A B 2 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Cable, 2m 1, 4 Forked M12 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 1, 3, 4 M12 connector 1, 3, 4 a, b, c, d Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Special M12 connector 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 Fibre Optic Light Curtains Scanning range x [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] Options Protective 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 Background suppression by fading 3 9 optics 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 181 AS-interface

184 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Light spot 1) Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection laser scanners in plastic housing RTL 318 K/P S Hz Red light laser class 2 Ø5mm 2xPNP/DC 1) At the specified scanning range We reserve the right to make changes BR318_RTL_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

185 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Typ. black/white behaviour 3 25 A B 2 C Scanning range x [mm] Ultrasonic Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Red. of scanning range y [mm] Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types/outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Ex Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 183 AS-interface

186 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Diffuse reflection scanners in metal housing with background suppression HRTR 318 M/ S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 318 M/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC Diffuse reflection scanners in plastic housing with background suppression HRTR 318 K/ S Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 318 K/ Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes BR318_HRTR_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

187 318 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% x y Measuring M12 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 Red. of scanning range y [mm] Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Ultrasonic M12 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Scanning range x [mm] Forked Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via multiturn potentiometer 2 Reliable switching nearly independent of object/background properties Ex 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 185 AS-interface

188 OVERVIEW Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR412_Overview_GB.fm A B Sensitivity adjustment Indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

189 412 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 8 m 188 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors m 19 Diffuse reflection scanners 4 mm 192 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 2mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -3V)/ 3V Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Mechanical data Housing Nickel-faced brass Optics cover Plastic Features Slim and short M12 construction Robust metal housing Visible red light for easy alignment Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight (plug/cable) 18g/46g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class -25 C +55 C III Light Curtains Protection class IP 67 Standards applied IEC Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 187 AS-interface

190 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors SET LS 412 M/P - S12 1) Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible 1) Set consists of transmitter and receiver We reserve the right to make changes BR412_LS_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

191 412 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 189 AS-interface

192 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors in metal housing with polarisation filter PRK 412 M/P - S Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible PRK 412 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 47 We reserve the right to make changes BR412_PRK_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

193 412 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Protective Light Curtains Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Ex Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 191 AS-interface

194 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RT 412 M/P S Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible RT 412 M/P Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible We reserve the right to make changes BR412_RT_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

195 412 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Protective Light Curtains Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Ex Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 193 AS-interface

196 OVERVIEW Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes BR618_Overview_GB.fm A B Sensitivity adjustment Indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

197 618 SERIES Standard Operating principle Typ. operating range limits Page Throughbeam sensors 12 m 196 Measuring Retro-reflective sensors 7 m 198 Diffuse reflection scanners 3 mm 2 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 3mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2.5V)/ 2.5V Indicators Green dual LED Ready to operate Yellow dual LED Switching output Flashing yellow dual LED No performance reserve Features Short M18 construction for limited spaces Robust metal housing Dual LED display for easy commissioning Forked Special Fibre Optic Mechanical data Housing Nickel-faced brass Optics cover Plastic Environmental data Weight Ambient temperature (operation) 4g -25 C +55 C Optical Sensor ABCs Light Curtains Protective circuit Protection class IP 67 Short circuit and overload protection Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors Page 49 Diffuse reflection scanners Page 41 Protective Standards applied IEC Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 372 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 195 AS-interface

198 THROUGHBEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Throughbeam sensors SET LS 618 / 4 - S12 1) Hz Infrared light PNP/DC reversible 1) Set consists of transmitter and receiver We reserve the right to make changes BR618_LS_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

199 618 SERIES Throughbeam sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 197 AS-interface

200 RETRO-REFLECTIVE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [m] Typ. op. range limit 1) [m] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 618 / 4 - S Hz Red light PNP/DC reversible 1) The specified values apply in combination with reflectors TK(S) 1 x 1, additional reflectors with range specifications can be found on page 47 We reserve the right to make changes BR618_PRK_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

201 618 SERIES Retro-reflective sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. light spot Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 199 AS-interface

202 DIFFUSE REFLECTION SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range [mm] Typ. scan range limit [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Energetic diffuse reflection scanners RT 618 / S Hz Infrared light PNP/DC reversible We reserve the right to make changes BR618_RT_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 3B Page 2 8 Page 4 18 Page Page 58 46B Page 8 53 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

203 618 SERIES Diffuse reflection scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Typ. b/w behaviour Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners energetic Page 41 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Scanning range adjustment via potentiometer 2 switching via control line () info@leuze.de 21 AS-interface

204 SELECTION GUIDE Optical distance sensors Measurement principle Transmitter Products and typ. measurement ranges [mm] Selection table ODS(L) on page 24 ODS from page 212 onwards Object ODSL from page 26 onwards The diffuse light reflected by the object is analysed using various measurement techniques. The results are used to determine the distance from the object to the sensor. ODS 96(B) 6 ODSL from page 22 onwards from page 216 onwards 3 Features To a large extent, the measurement technique is independent of the colour and structure of the object Measurement of small object in the entire measurement range Up to 4 measurements per second Two different measurement techniques: 1. Triangulation technique for measurement ranges between 2mm and 5mm 2. Phase measurement principle for measurement ranges up to 3,mm We reserve the right to make changes Abgrenzung_MessendeSensoren_GB.fm Ultrasonic distance sensors Measurement principle Ultrasonic distance sensors measure the propagation time of the ultrasonic waves which are reflected back to the sensor. The distance to the object is then calculated using this propagation time. Features Transmitter Object Products and typ. measurement ranges [mm] HRTU VRTU 43 6 Detection of diffuse, transparent and shiny as well as solid, liquid or powdered objects Detection of objects with overhanging material Can be used at low measurement rates (typically 1 measurements per second) Not affected by dust, fog and smoke 1 6 from page 232 onwards from page 236 onwards 22 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

205 Measuring forked sensors Measurement principle MEASURING SENSORS Products and typ. measurement ranges [mm] Standard Light Curtains Measuring Ultrasonic The transmitted light is spread into a parallel light band by means of a lens and received by the opposing CCD line. Interrupting this light band allows, for example, the edge of an object to be determined or the width of an object to be measured. GS from page 24 onwards Forked Features Edge and object detection of up to 3 objects in 25mm wide light band Minimum object diameter.5mm Resolution 14μm Analogue, digital and switching outputs Typical applications - Edge detection and height verification - Position determination of punched holes - Gap measurement with and without projecting edge - Detection of broken objects Special Optical surface distance sensors Measurement principle Products and typ. measurement ranges [mm] Fibre Optic.35 The surface distance sensor scans its surroundings within a 19 arc by transmitting 529 laser beams per cycle. The distances to the objects located in the scanning range are determined using the pulse propagation time technique. ROD 4 / ROD 4plus from page 244 onwards 5 Protective Features To a large extent, the measurement technique is independent of the colour and structure of the object Scanning angle 19 Scanning rate 25 scans per second Measurement value resolution 5mm Typical applications - Collision prevention on driverless transportation systems - Fill-level monitoring of bulk materials - Projection monitoring +49 () info@leuze.de 23 Ex AS-interface

206 SELECTION TABLE Dimensions in mm (WxHxD) Housing material Typ. measurement range [mm] Series Plastic Metal ODS x 36 x ODSL 8 15 x 48 x We reserve the right to make changes Auswahl_MessendeSensoren_ODS_GB.fm ODS 96(B) 3 x 9 x 7 ODSL 3 79 x 7 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

207 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Standard Operating voltage Light source Switching output Connection Measuring Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Ex 1 3VDC Protective 18 3VDC Infrared light Red light Laser Analog / Current Analog / Voltage Serial / RS 232 Serial / RS 485 PNP switching outputs NPN switching outputs Push-pull switching outputs Warning outp. PNP / NPN M12 connector Terminals Page () info@leuze.de 25 AS-interface

208 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Stack positioning Diameter determination Orientation position inspection Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes ODSL8_Overview_GB.fm A B C Green, yellow indicator diode Optical axis 9 turning connector Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

209 ODSL 8 Standard Optical distance sensors Measurement range Page Optical distance sensors ODSL 8 2 5mm 28 Measuring Other 8 Series products: Throughbeam sensors LSR 8, LSRL 8 42 Retro-reflective sensors PRK 8. PRKL 8 44 Diffuse reflection scanners RTR 8, VRTR 8, HRTR 8, 46 Ultrasonic Ultrasonic sensors LSU8, RKU8, HRTU8 25 Contrast scanners KRT 8 29 Luminescence scanners LRT 8 38 Protective sensors SLSR Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/18 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 5mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Obj. detected, teach-in Mechanical data Housing Metal Features Measurement range 2 5mm Resolution up to.1mm High measurement accuracy PC configuration provides high flexibility Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass Weight (plug/cable) 7g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -2 C +5 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Optical Sensor ABCs Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Optical distance sensors Page 411 Laser class 2 acc. to EN Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 364 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 27 AS-interface

210 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL8/D4-45-S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / V S ) ) 18 3VDC 18 3VDC ) 18 3VDC ) 1 3VDC 2 2 4) 18 3VDC 2 2 4) 18 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 Ø1mm Red light laser, class 2 Ø1mm Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 1) At the measurement range end value 2) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, over complete temperature range, measurement object 5x5mm² 3) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, at 2 C, measurement object 2x2mm² 4) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, at 2 C, measurement object 5x5mm² Analog/mA/V PNP Analog/mA 2x push-pull Analog/V 2xpush-pull Serial/ RS 232/RS 485 PNP Analog/mA 2x push-pull Analog/V 2xpush-pull M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector We reserve the right to make changes ODSL8_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12A-8P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR d K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR e UPG 5 Configuration adaptor ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

211 ODSL 8 Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability 5) Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Measuring ±.5% 2) ±.1%.1 2, 3, 4 c, d, e ±1.5% 3) ±.2%.3 1, 4 a, b ±1.5% 3) ±.2%.3 1, 4 a, b ±.5% 2) ±.1%.1 2, 3, 4 c, d, e ±2% 4) ± 1%.1.2 6) 1, 4 a, b ±2% 4) ±1%.1.2 6) 1, 4 a, b Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 5) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 6) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Electrical connection Configuration software - free download at. Options 1 Teach-in via rotary switch Protective 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 29 AS-interface

212 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors ODSL 8 / V4-4 - S ODSL8/D4-4-S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 8 / S ) 18 3VDC 4 2) 1 3VDC 5 3) 18 3VDC 5 3) 18 3VDC 5 3) 18 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 1x6mm 2 1) At the measurement range end value 2) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, over complete temperature range, measurement object 5x5mm² 3) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, at 2 C, measurement object 5x5mm² Analog/mA/V PNP Serial/ RS 232/RS 485 PNP Analog/mA 2x push-pull Analog/V 2xpush-pull 2 x push-pull M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector We reserve the right to make changes ODSL8_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12A-8P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR d K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR e UPG 5 Configuration adaptor ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

213 ODSL 8 Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability 4) Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ±1 ±2% 2) ±.25 ± 1%.1 2, 3, 4 c, d, e ±1 ±2% 2) ±.25 ±1%.1 2, 3, 4 c, d, e ±2 ±4% 3) ±1 ±3%.1.5 5) 1, 4 a, b ±2 ±4% 3) ±1 ±3%.1.5 5) 1, 4 a, b ±2 ±4% 3) ±1 ±3%.1.5 5) 1, 2, 4 a, b 4) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 5) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Configuration software - free download at. Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via rotary switch Protective 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 211 AS-interface

214 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes ODS25_Overview_GB.fm A B Teach button Indicator diode Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

215 ODS 25 Standard Optical distance sensors Measurement range Page Optical distance sensors ODS mm 214 Measuring Other 25 Series products: Throughbeam sensors LSR 25, ILSR 25 6 Retro-reflective sensors PRK Diffuse reflection scanners RTR 25, HRT 25, HRTR Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 18 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 25mA Voltage output 1 1V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Obj. detected, teach-in Mechanical data Housing Plastic Features Compact construction Measurement range 25 2mm Resolution 1mm Simple operation with teach-in on sensor or via control line Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Plastic Weight (plug/cable) 15g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -2 C +4 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class II, all-insulated Optical Sensor ABCs Protection class IP 67, IP 69K Optical distance sensors Page 411 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 368 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 213 AS-interface

216 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range 1) [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 2) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors ODS25/V-2-S VDC Red light 8x8mm 2 Analog/V M12 connector 1 1) Absolute value measurement, luminosity coefficient 6 9%, 2 C, measurement object 5x5mm² 2) At a distance of 2mm 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² We reserve the right to make changes ODS25_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

217 ODS 25 Optical distance sensors Standard Linearity 1) Repeatability 3) Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Ultrasonic Measuring ±2.5% 3) ± 2% 1 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach button 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 UL approval () info@leuze.de 215 AS-interface

218 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes ODSL3_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Reference edge for the measurement (distance zero point) 1 green indicator diode / ready 3 yellow indicator diodes / switching outputs Q1, Q2, Q3 Sight for coarse alignment Optical axes ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

219 ODSL 3 Standard Optical distance sensors Measurement range Page Optical distance sensors ODSL 3.2 3m 218 Measuring Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/18 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Power consumption 4W Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LEDs Switching outputs Mechanical data Housing Metal Features Measurement range up to 3m Resolution 1mm High measurement accuracy through internal referencing LCD display and key pad for configuration and measurement value display Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass Weight 65g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) C +45 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class Protection class IP 65 II, all-insulated Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting bracket BT 3 included in delivery contents Ex () info@leuze.de 217 AS-interface

220 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [m] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors ODSL 3 / V - 3M - S ) 18 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 Ø6mm Analog/mA/V 1 PNP/NPN M12 connector 1 ODSL 3 / D 232-3M - S ) 4) 1 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 Ø6mm Serial/RS PNP/NPN M12 connector 1 ODSL 3 / D 485-3M - S ) 4) 1 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 Ø6mm Serial/RS PNP/NPN M12 connector 1 ODSL 3 / 24-3M - S ) 1 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 Ø6mm 3 PNP/NPN M12 connector 1 1) At a distance of 1mm 2) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, temperature range C +45 C, measurement object 5x5mm², with referencing 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions 4) ODSL 3 / D up to 65m, luminosity coefficient 5 9% 5) Display and output resolution.1mm configurable We reserve the right to make changes ODSL3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12A-8P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR b K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR c CTS 1 x 1 Cooperative target, 1mm x 1mm, screw type ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

221 ODSL 3 Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy 2) Repeatability 3) Resolution [mm] 5) Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ± 1% ±.5%.1 / 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c ± 2mm ±2mm.1 / 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c ± 2mm ± 2mm.1 / 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c ± 2mm ±2mm.1 / 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in of the switching points via teach input or keyboard entry Protective 2 Configurable activation/referencing input 3 Menu-driven configuration via LC display and key pad Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 219 AS-interface

222 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Pallet detection Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes ODS96_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E F G H I K Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Green indicator diode Yellow indicator diode Device plug M12x1 Countersinking for SK nut M5, 4.2 deep OLED display and key pad Reference edge for the measurement (cover glass) Screwed cable gland M16x1.5 for Ø 5 1mm Configuration plug Connection terminals Cable entry ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

223 ODS 96(B) Standard Optical distance sensors Measurement range Page Optical distance sensors ODS(L) mm 222 Measuring Other 96 Series products: Throughbeam sensors LS Retro-reflective sensors RK 96, PRK Diffuse reflection scanners RT 96, HRT Ultrasonic Protective sensors SLS Ex sensors LS 96, SLS 96, PRK 96, HRT 96, ODS AS-interface sensors LS 96, PRK 96, HRT Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/18 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 15mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Obj. detected, teach-in Mechanical data Housing Metal or plastic Features Measurement range 6 5mm Resolution >.1mm High measurement accuracy OLED display and key pad for configuration (ODS 96B) PC configuration provides high flexibility Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass or plastic Weight (metal/plastic) 38g/14g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -2 C +5 C ODSL 96 K : U L US C LISTED Light Curtains -2 C +4 C Optical Sensor ABCs VDE safety class II, all-insulated Optical distance sensors Page 411 Protection class IP 67, IP 69K 1) Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective 1) IP 69K only with metal housing Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 371 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 221 AS-interface

224 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical distance sensors with visible red light in metal housing ODSR 96BM/C6-6 - S ) 18 3VDC Red light 15 x 15mm 2 Analog/mA 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODSR 96BM/V6-6 - S ) 18 3VDC Red light Analog/V 15 x 15mm 2 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) 1) At measurement distance of 6mm 2) Reflectivity 6 9%, complete measurement range, at 2 C, medium range U B, measurement object 5x5mm². With serial interface: depending on the measurement transmission mode and the baud rate We reserve the right to make changes ODS96B_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f UPG 1 Configuration adaptor for ODS 96B ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

225 ODS 96B Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Measuring ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 4) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Configuration software - free download at. Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in of the outputs via teach input or keyboard entry 2 Teach-in of the outputs via keyboard entry 3 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode Protective 4 Adjustable measurement value transmission and measurement mode 5 2 warning outputs (for signalling 4 different device states) Ex 6 PC/OLED display and key pad for configuration 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 223 AS-interface

226 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical distance sensors with invisible infrared light in metal housing ODS 96BM/C6-6 - S ) 18 3VDC Infrared light 15 x 15mm 2 Analog/mA 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS 96BM/V6-6 - S ) 18 3VDC Infrared light Analog/V 15 x 15mm 2 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS 96BM/D S ) 1 3VDC Infrared light 15 x 15mm 2 Serial/RS push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS 96BM/D S ) 1 3VDC Infrared light Serial/RS x 15mm 2 1 push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS96BM/66-6-S ) 1 3VDC Infrared light 15 x 15mm 2 2 push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS 96BM/C S ) 18 3VDC Infrared light Analog/mA 15 x 15mm 2 2 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODS 96BM/V6-14-S ) 18 3VDC Infrared light 15 x 15mm 2 Analog/V 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) 1) At measurement distance of 6mm 2) Reflectivity 6 9%, complete measurement range, at 2 C, medium range U B, measurement object 5x5mm². With serial interface: depending on the measurement transmission mode and the baud rate We reserve the right to make changes ODS96B_4_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f UPG 1 Configuration adaptor for ODS 96B ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

227 ODS 96B Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Measuring ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Ultrasonic ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 2, 4, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 2, 4, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Forked ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 ±2% 2) ±1% 3).1.5 4) 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special ±2% 2) ±1% 3).1.5 4) 1, 3, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 4) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Fibre Optic Configuration software - free download at. Light Curtains Options 1 Teach-in of the outputs via teach input or keyboard entry 2 Teach-in of the outputs via keyboard entry 3 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode Protective 4 Adjustable measurement value transmission and measurement mode 5 2 warning outputs (for signalling 4 different device states) 6 PC/OLED display and key pad for configuration 7 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 225 AS-interface

228 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors with visible red light in metal housing ODSL 96BM/C6-8 - S ) 18 3VDC Red light laser class 2 1x1mm 2 Analog/mA 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODSL 96BM/V6-8 - S ) 18 3VDC Red light laser class 2 1x1mm 2 Analog/V 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODSL 96BM/C6-12-XL-S ) 18 3VDC Red light laser class 2 15 x 4mm 2 Analog/mA 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) ODSL 96BM/V6-12-XL-S ) 18 3VDC Red light laser class 2 15 x 4mm 2 Analog/V 1 x push-pull M12 connector 1 5 2) 1) At measurement distance of 8mm 2) Luminosity coefficient 6% 9%, complete measurement range, at 2 C, medium range of U B, measurement object 5x5mm² Configuration software - free download at. We reserve the right to make changes ODS96B_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f UPG 1 Configuration adaptor for ODS 96B ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

229 ODS 96B Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.8 4) 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3).1.8 4) 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) ) 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) ) 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 4) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in of the outputs via teach input or keyboard entry Protective 2 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode 3 PC/OLED display and key pad for configuration Ex 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 227 AS-interface

230 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors with visible red light in metal housing ODSL 96BM/C6-2 - S ODSL 96BM/V6-2 - S ODSL 96BM/D S ODSL 96BM/D S ODSL 96BM/ S ODSLR 96BM/C6-2 - S ODSLR 96BM/V6-2-S ) 18 3VDC 2 2) 18 3VDC 2 2) 1 3VDC 2 2) 1 3VDC 2 2) 1 3VDC 2 2) 18 3VDC 2 2) 18 3VDC Red light laser class 2 2x6mm 2 Red light laser class 2 2x6mm 2 Analog/mA 1 x push-pull Analog/V 1 x push-pull Red light Serial/RS 232 laser class 2 1 push-pull 2x6mm 2 Red light Serial/RS 485 laser class 2 1 push-pull 2x6mm 2 Red light laser class 2 2x6mm 2 Red light, LED+ laser class 2 2x6mm 2 Red light, LED+ laser class 2 2x6mm 2 2 push-pull Analog/mA 1 x push-pull Analog/V 1 x push-pull 1) At measurement distance of 2mm 2) Reflectivity 6 9%, complete measurement range, at 2 C, medium range U B, measurement object 5x5mm². With serial interface: depending on the measurement transmission mode and the baud rate M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector 1 5 2) 1 5 2) 1 5 2) 1 5 2) 1 5 2) 1 5 2) 1 5 2) Configuration software - free download at. We reserve the right to make changes ODS96B_3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f UPG 1 Configuration adaptor for ODS 96B ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

231 ODS 96B Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Light Curtains Measuring ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 1, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 1, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f Forked ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 1, 3, 5, 6 ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 1, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special ±1.5% 2) ±.5% 3) 1 3 4) 1, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 4) Minimum and maximum value depend on measurement distance Fibre Optic Options 1 Teach-in of the outputs via teach input or keyboard entry 2 Teach-in of the outputs via keyboard entry Protective 3 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode 4 Adjustable measurement value transmission and measurement mode 5 PC/OLED display and key pad for configuration 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 229 AS-interface

232 OPTICAL DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 1) Output Connection Meas. time [ms] Optical laser distance sensors in metal housing ODS 96 M/V ODS 96 M/V ODS 96 M/V ) 18 3VDC 2) 18 3VDC 2) 18 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 3x12mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 3x12mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 3x12mm 2 Analog/mA PNP Analog/V PNP Analog/mA 2xPNP M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector Optical laser distance sensors in plastic housing ODSL 96 K/V S ODSL 96 K/ S ) 18 3VDC 3) 18 3VDC Red light laser, class 2 3x8mm 2 Red light laser, class 2 3x8mm 2 Analog/V Push-pull Push-pull M12 connector M12 connector 7 7 1) At 2mm or 23mm, respectively (ODSL 96 ) 2) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, temperature range -2 C +4 C 3) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, at 2 C, measurement object 5x5mm² We reserve the right to make changes ODS96_3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

233 ODS 96 Optical distance sensors Standard Abs. meas. accuracy Repeatability 3) Resolution [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Forked Measuring ±5% 2) ±3% 1 2 4) 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f ±5% 2) ±3% 1 2 4) 1, 2, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f ±5% 2) ±3% 1 2 4) 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f ±3% 2) ±2% 1 5 4) 3, 5 ±3% 2) ±2% 1 5 4) 2, 3, 5 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 3) Same object, identical environmental conditions, measurement object 5x5mm² 4) Minimum and maximum value depend on meas. distance/configuration of the analog output Electrical connection Configuration software - free download at. Options 1 Measurement range and measurement mode configurable via software Protective 2 Teach-in of the switching points via teach input 3 Teach-in of the switching points via teach button 4 Switching points configurable via software Ex 5 UL approval () info@leuze.de 231 AS-interface

234 OVERVIEW OF ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes HRTU418_Overview_GB.fm A Indicator diode Q1 Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

235 HRTU 418 Standard Ultrasonic distance sensors Measurement range Page Ultrasonic distance sensors HRTU mm 234 Other 418 Series products: Switching ultrasonic sensors HRTU Ultrasonic Measuring Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 2 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 6mA Characteristic output Ascending Indicators Yellow LED Object detected Mechanical data Housing Metal (CuZn) Weight 5g Features in M18 cylindrical housing Measurement range up to 1mm Configuration with PC software and programming terminal Temperature compensation Forked Special Fibre Optic Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25 C +7 C VDE safety class III Protection class IP 67 U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic distance sensors Page 411 Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 233 AS-interface

236 ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range 1) [mm] Ultrasonic frequency Opening angle Output Connection Ultrasonic distance sensors HRTU 418 M/V S kHz 6 Analog/mA M12 connector HRTU 418 M/V S kHz 6 Analog/V M12 connector HRTU 418 M/V S kHz 6 Analog/mA M12 connector HRTU 418 M/V S kHz 6 Analog/V M12 connector 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² 2) Of the measurement range end value We reserve the right to make changes HRTU418_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e PGU 1 Programming unit incl. software ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

237 HRTU 418 Ultrasonic sensors Standard Abs. meas. Repeatability Resolution accuracy 2) [mm] Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ± 2.5% ± 1mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e ±2.5% ±1mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e ± 2.5% ± 2mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e ±2.5% ±2mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Configurable via programming unit and software Protective 2 Sensor synchronisation via SYNC input 3 Configurable multiplex operation Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 235 AS-interface

238 OVERVIEW OF ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS Dimensioned drawing A B C D Adjustment of end of switching range Adjustment of start of switching range Indicator diode Q1 Indicator diode Q2 ( 43 M/P only) Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. We reserve the right to make changes VRTU43_Overview_GB.fm ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

239 VRTU 43 Standard Ultrasonic distance sensors Measurement range Page Ultrasonic distance sensors VRTU mm 238 Other 43 Series products: Switching ultrasonic sensors VRTU Ultrasonic Measuring Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 2 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 6mA Characteristic output Ascending Indicators Yellow LED Switching output Flashing yellow LED Programming error Mechanical data Housing Metal (CuZn) Features in M3 cylindrical housing Measurement range up to 6mm Configuration with PC software and programming terminal Temperature compensation Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight 21g 38g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25 C +7 C VDE safety class III U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Protection class IP 65 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic distance sensors Page 411 Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 237 AS-interface

240 ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [mm] Ultrasonic frequency Opening angle Output Connection Ultrasonic distance sensors VRTU 43 M/V S ) 4kHz 6 Analog/mA PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 4kHz 6 Analog/V PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 2kHz 6 Analog/mA PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 2kHz 6 Analog/V PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 12kHz 6 Analog/mA PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 12kHz 6 Analog/V PNP M12 connector VRTU 43 M/V S ) 8kHz 6 Analog/mA PNP M12 connector 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² 2) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 5x5mm² 3) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² 4) Of the measurement range end value We reserve the right to make changes VRTU43_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC f PGU 1 Programming unit incl. software ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

241 VRTU 43 Ultrasonic sensors Standard Abs. meas. Repeatability Resolution accuracy 4) [mm] Option Accessories Light Curtains Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring ± 1.5% ±.45mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% ±.45mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% ±2mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% ±2mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f ±1.5% ±5mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 ±1.5% ±5mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 ±1.5% ±9mm 1 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options Protective 1 Configurable via programming unit and software 2 Sensor synchronisation via SYNC input 3 Configurable multiplex operation Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 239 AS-interface

242 OVERVIEW OF MEASURING CCD FORKED SENSORS Dimensioned drawing A B C D Interface Indicator diode Optical detection area Protective glass Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. We reserve the right to make changes GS754_Overview_GB.fm ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

243 GS 754 Standard Measuring CCD forked sensors Mouth width Page Measuring CCD forked sensors GS / 1mm 242 Measuring Additional products - forked sensors: Optical forked sensors GS 4, GS 6, GS Capacitive forked sensors GK Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU6, GSU14 28 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 18 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 15mA Signal voltage high/low 8V/ 2V Measurement data Measurement field length 25mm Measurement cycle 2ms Maximum resolution 14μm Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Flashing green LED Interference Mechanical data Housing Aluminium, anodised Optics cover Glass Features Edge and object detection of up to 3 objects in 25mm wide light band Resolution 14μm Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode Teach-in function and warning output Detection of multiple objects Calculation of arithmetic mean or single-value measurement Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Weight 26g Optical Sensor ABCs Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class -2 C +5 C III Protective Protection class IP 54 Standards applied IEC Ex () info@leuze.de 241 AS-interface

244 MEASURING CCD FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Operating voltage Light source Output Measuring CCD forked sensors GS 754 M/V - 1/ S VDC Infrared light 2 x analog/ma PNP GS 754 M/V - 1/ S VDC Infrared light 2 x analog/v PNP GS 754 M/D - 1/ S VDC Infrared light Serial/RS 232 PNP GS 754 M/V - 29/ S VDC Infrared light Analog/mA PNP GS 754 M/V - 29/ S VDC Infrared light Analog/V PNP GS 754 M/D - 29/ S VDC Infrared light Serial/RS 232 PNP GS 754 M/D - 29/ S VDC Infrared light Serial / RS 422 We reserve the right to make changes GS754_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12A-8P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR d K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR e KB - ODS Configuration cable to PC, 15mm f KB - ODS 96-6 Configuration cable to PC, 6mm ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

245 GS 754 CCD forked sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector, 8-pin 1, 2, 3 c, d, e, f M12 connector, 8-pin 1, 2, 3 c, d, e, f M12 connector, 8-pin 1, 3 c, d, e, f M12 connector, 5-pin 1 a, b, e, f M12 connector, 5-pin M12 connector, 5-pin 1 a, b, e, f 1 a, b, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector, 5-pin 1 a, b, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Adjustable measurement range and measurement mode 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 Warning output () info@leuze.de 243 AS-interface

246 OVERVIEW OF SURFACE DISTANCE SENSORS Compartment occupancy monitoring Object measurement Position measurement Dimensioned drawing ROD 4-2 ROD 4 plus We reserve the right to make changes ROD4_Overview_GB.fm Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

247 ROD 4 / ROD 4 plus Standard Surface distance sensors Measurement range Page Surface distance sensors ROD 4 65m 246 Ultrasonic Measuring Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B +24VDC +2%/-3% Current consumption Approx. 4mA Heating: approx. 2A Measurement data Detection range 19 Angular resolution.36 Measurement time 4ms/scan Mechanical data Housing Aluminium/Plastic Features Area scanning distance sensor for object detection and object measurement Detection fields up to 5m 8 detection field pairs Config-Plug for device exchange without PC Fast Ethernet: ROD 4 plus Laser class 1 Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Plastic Weight 2g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) C +5 C Heating: -2 C +5 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class III Protection class IP 65 Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 374 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 245 AS-interface

248 OPTICAL SURFACE DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [m] Operating voltage Light source Output Optical surface distance sensors ROD VDC Infrared laser class 1 Serial/RS 232/RS 422 4xPNP ROD VDC Infrared laser class 1 Serial/RS 232/RS 422 4xPNP ROD VDC Infrared laser class 1 Serial/RS 232/RS 422 4xPNP Configuration software RODsoft, RODplussoft - free download at. We reserve the right to make changes ROD4_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a KB - ROD 4 - CP - 5 Connection cable 5mm, with configuration memory b KB - ROD 4 - CP - 1 Connection cable 1mm, with configuration memory c KB - ROD 4 PC - 3 Configuration cable to PC, 3mm d KB - ROD 4 PC - 1 Configuration cable to PC, 1mm e BT ROD 4 Mounting system for ROD 4 ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

249 ROD 4 Optical distance sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Forked Measuring 1 SUB-D, 15-pin 1 SUB-D, 9-pin 1, 2, 3, 6 a, b, c, d, e 1 SUB-D, 15-pin 1 SUB-D, 9-pin 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 a, b, c, d, e 1 SUB-D, 15-pin 1 SUB-D, 9-pin 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection X1 - Sub-D - male X2 - Sub-D - female (RS 232/RS 422) Options 1 8 detection field pairs 2 Warning and alarm output Protective 3 Restart-disable 4 Internal heating 5 Dust-insensitive version Ex 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 247 AS-interface

250 OPTICAL SURFACE DISTANCE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Meas. range [m] Operating voltage Light source Output Optical surface distance sensors ROD 4 plus VDC Infrared laser class 1 Ethernet Serial/RS 232/RS 422 4xPNP ROD 4-8 plus VDC Infrared laser class 1 Ethernet Serial/RS 232/RS 422 4xPNP Configuration software RODsoft, RODplussoft - free download at. We reserve the right to make changes ROD4plus_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a KB - 14S Connection cable, single-sided M16 socket, 14-pin, angular, 5m b KB - ET SA Ethernet connection cable, single-sided M12 connector, 4-pin, axial, 5m c KB - ROD 4plus - 5 Configuration cable, M12 connector - 9 pin Sub-D socket, 5m d K-D - M12A - 8P - 5m - PUR RS 232/422 connection cable, single-sided M12 socket, 8-pin, axial, 5m e BT ROD 4 Mounting system for ROD 4 ODSL 8 Page 26 ODS 25 Page 212 ODSL 3 Page 216 ODS 96(B) Page 22 HRTU 418 Page 232 VRTU 43 Page 236 GS 754 Page 24 ROD 4 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

251 ROD 4 plus Optical distance sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Forked Measuring 1 M16, 14-pin 3 M12, 4/5/8-pin 1, 2, 3, 6 a, b, c, d, e 1 M16, 14-pin 3 M12, 4/5/8-pin 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e Optical Sensor ABCs Optical distance sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Y1 - M16 / 14-pol. / male (Logic) Y2 - M12 / 4-pol. / D-cod. / female (Ethernet) Fibre Optic Y3 - M12 / 5-pol. / A-cod. / female (Service) Y4 - M12 / 8-pol. / male (RS 232 / RS 422) Light Curtains Options 1 8 detection field pairs 2 Warning and alarm output Protective 3 Restart-disable 4 Internal heating 5 Dust-insensitive version 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 249 AS-interface

252 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] 1) Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSU 8 - S LSEU 8 / 24 - S VDC 3kHz 25Hz 1PNP 1NPN Object detected Ultrasonic retro-reflective sensors RKU 8 / S VDC 3kHz 8Hz 1PNP 1NPN Object detected/ not detected reversible Ultrasonic scanners with background suppression HRTU 8 / S VDC 3kHz 8Hz 1PNP 1NPN Object detected/ not detected reversible 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 2x2mm² We reserve the right to make changes US_8_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

253 8 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Ultrasonic Measuring M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d M12 connector ± 1mm 2, 3 e, f M12 connector ± 1mm 2, 3 e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Forked Special Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via step switch Fibre Optic 2 Teach-in via step switch 3 Synchronisation input 4 UL approval Other 8 Series products: Page Throughbeam sensors LSR 8, LSRL 8 42 Light Curtains Retro-reflective sensors PRK 8. PRKL 8 44 Diffuse reflection scanners RTR 8, VRTR 8, HRTR 8, HRTL 8 46 Optical distance sensors ODSL 8 26 Protective Contrast scanners KRT 8 29 Luminescence scanners LRT 8 38 Protective sensors SLSR AS-interface sensors ILSR 8, IPRK 8, IRTR 8 36 Ex () info@leuze.de 251 AS-interface

254 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] 1) Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSU 18 - S LSEU 18 / 24 - S VDC 3kHz 1Hz 1PNP 1NPN Object detected LSSU S LSEU 18 / S VDC 3kHz 2Hz 1PNP Object detected 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 2x2mm² We reserve the right to make changes US_18_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, Food+Bev. f K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, Food+Bev. 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

255 18 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Fibre Optic Ultrasonic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 5, 7 a, b, c, d M12 connector 2, 4, 6, 7 e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via step switch 2 Sensitivity adjustment via Sens 1 and Sens 2 control inputs Light Curtains 3 IP 65 metal housing 4 IP 67/IP 69K stainless steel housing with Teflon-coated ultrasonic transducer 5 Bottle counting in the air conveyor 6 Chemical resistance/environmental test acc. to ECOLAB and CleanProof+ Protective 7 UL approval Ex Other 18 Series products: Page Retro-reflective sensors RK 18. PRK AS-interface sensors IPRK () info@leuze.de 253 AS-interface

256 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] 1) Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic retro-reflective sensors, short construction RKU 418 RM/P S VDC 4kHz 1Hz 1 PNP Object detected RKU 418 WM/P S VDC 4kHz 1Hz 1PNP Object detected RKU 418 RM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 1 PNP Object detected RKU 418 WM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 1PNP Object detected 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 2x2mm² We reserve the right to make changes US_418_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

257 418 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Ultrasonic Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Forked Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Electrical connection Dimensioned drawing for short construction at Light Curtains Options 1 Teach-in via teach input Protective 2 UL approval Other 418 Series products: Page Ultrasonic distance sensors HRTU Ex () info@leuze.de 255 AS-interface

258 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range 1) [mm] Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic scanners with background suppression, short construction HRTU 418 RM/P S VDC 4kHz 1Hz 1 PNP Object detected HRTU 418 WM/P S VDC 4kHz 1Hz 1PNP Object detected HRTU 418 RM/P S VDC 3kHz 1Hz 2 PNP Object detected HRTU 418 WM/P S VDC 3kHz 1Hz 2PNP Object detected HRTU 418 RM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 1 PNP Object detected HRTU 418 WM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 1PNP Object detected HRTU 418 RM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 2 PNP Object detected HRTU 418 WM/P S VDC 2kHz 5Hz 2PNP Object detected 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 2x2mm² We reserve the right to make changes US_418_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

259 418 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Measuring M12 connector ± 1mm 1, 2 a, b, c, d M12 connector ±1mm 1, 2 a, b, c, d Ultrasonic M12 connector ± 1mm 1, 2 e, f M12 connector ±1mm 1, 2 e, f M12 connector ± 1mm 1, 2 a, b, c, d M12 connector ±1mm 1, 2 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Forked Special M12 connector ± 1mm 1, 2 e, f Electrical connection M12 connector ±1mm 1, 2 e, f Fibre Optic Dimensioned drawing for short construction at. Light Curtains Options 1 Teach-in via teach input Protective 2 UL approval Other 418 Series products: Page Ultrasonic distance sensors HRTU Ex () info@leuze.de 257 AS-interface

260 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic scanners with background suppression, long construction HRTU 418 M/P S ) 2 3VDC 4kHz 5Hz 1 PNP Object detected HRTU 418 M/P S ) 1 2 3VDC 2kHz 4Hz 1PNP Object detected 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² We reserve the right to make changes US_418_3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

261 418 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M12 connector ± 1mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector ±2mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Dimensioned drawing see measuring sensors on page 232. Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Configurable via programming unit and software 2 Sensor synchronisation via SYNC input Protective 3 Configurable multiplex operation Ex 4 UL approval Other 418 Series products: Page Ultrasonic distance sensors HRTU () info@leuze.de 259 AS-interface

262 SWITCHING ULTRASONIC SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] Operating voltage Ultrasonic frequency Switching frequency Output Switching Ultrasonic scanners VRTU 43 M/P S ) 2 3VDC 4kHz 8Hz 2 PNP Object detected VRTU 43 M/P S ) 2 3VDC 2kHz 4Hz 2PNP Object detected VRTU 43 M/P S ) 2 3VDC 12kHz 2Hz 2 PNP Object detected VRTU 43 M/P S ) 2 3VDC 8kHz 1Hz 2PNP Object detected 1) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² 2) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 5x5mm² 3) Over complete temperature range, measurement object 1x1mm² The dimensioned drawing for these sensors can be found with the measuring sensors on page 236. We reserve the right to make changes US_43_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC 8 Page Page Page Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

263 43 Series Ultrasonic sensors Ultrasonic Standard Connection Repeatability Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Light Curtains Special Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector ±.45mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector ±2mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector ± 5mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector ±9mm 1, 2, 3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Ultrasonic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Configurable via programming unit and software 2 Sensor synchronisation via SYNC input Protective 3 Configurable multiplex operation 4 UL approval Ex Other 43 Series products: Page Ultrasonic distance sensors VRTU () info@leuze.de 261 AS-interface

264 SELECTION GUIDE Forked sensors for detecting small parts Application Products and mouth widths [mm] GS 4 from page 264 onwards Mouth widths: 2 / 3 / 5 / 8 / 12 / 22 GSL 4 Mouth widths: 3 / 5 / 8 from page 264 onwards Detection of small parts in a feed system GS 21 Mouth widths: 8 from page 264 onwards We reserve the right to make changes Abgrenzung_Gabelsensoren_GB.fm 262 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

265 Forked sensors for detecting labels Application Products and mouth widths [mm] FORKED SENSORS Standard Measuring GS 6 Mouth widths: 2 / 5 from page 27 onwards GK 14 Mouth widths:.9 from page 276 onwards Ultrasonic GSU 6 Mouth widths: 2.5 from page 28 onwards Detection of paper, transparent or metallised labels GSU 14B Mouth widths: 4 from page 28 onwards Forked Using the sensors with different label materials Label material Base material PAPER TRANSPARENT METALLISED Special Optical forked sensors GS 6 PAPER TRANSPARENT Fibre Optic Capacitive forked sensors GK 14 PAPER TRANSPARENT Light Curtains Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU 6, GSU 14B PAPER TRANSPARENT Protective Ex +49 () info@leuze.de 263 AS-interface

266 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Dimensioned drawing GS(L) 4 GS 21 We reserve the right to make changes GS_4_21_Overview_GB.fm A B C D Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Optical axis Sensitivity adjustment switching Indicator diode GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

267 GS(L) 4 / GS 21 Standard Optical forked sensors Mouth widths Page Optical forked sensors GS 4 2 / 3 / 5 / 8 / 12 / 22mm 266 Measuring Optical laser forked sensors GSL 4 3 / 5 / 8mm 268 Optical forked sensors GS 21 8mm 268 Ultrasonic Additional products - forked sensors: Optical forked sensors GS 6 27 Capacitive forked sensors GK Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU6, GSU14B 28 Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B GS 4: 1 3VDC GS 21: 24VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA/ 9mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Red LED Light path free Mechanical data Housing Aluminium, anodised Features Sensitivity adjustment and light/ dark switching on rear side of fork Visible red light and laser All common mouth widths Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass Weight 28g 22g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) GS 4: -1 C +6 C GS 21: -2 C +6 C Light Curtains VDE safety class III Protection class IP 65 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Standards applied IEC Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 265 AS-interface

268 OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Response time Optical forked sensors GS 4 M/P S Hz Red light PNP reversible.2ms GS 4 M/P S Hz Red light PNP reversible.2ms GS 4 M/N S Hz Red light NPN reversible.2ms GS 4 M/P S Hz Red light PNP reversible.2ms GS 4 M/N S Hz Red light NPN reversible.2ms GS 4 M/P S Hz Red light PNP reversible.2ms GS 4 M/N S Hz Red light NPN reversible.2ms GS 4 M/P S Hz Red light PNP reversible.2ms GS 4 M/N S Hz Red light NPN reversible.2ms We reserve the right to make changes GS_4_GB.fm GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/N S Hz Red light PNP 22 15Hz Red light NPN reversible reversible Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC.2ms.2ms GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

269 GS 4 Optical forked sensors Standard Repeatability Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Protective Measuring.2mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.2mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.2mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.4mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.4mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.6mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special.6mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Electrical connection.8mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Fibre Optic.8mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.8mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Light Curtains.8mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Ex () info@leuze.de 267 AS-interface

270 OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Response time Optical forked sensors GSL 4 M/P S Hz Red light laser class 2 PNP reversible.1ms GSL 4 M/P S Hz Red light laser class 2 PNP reversible.1ms GSL 4 M/P S Hz Red light laser class 2 PNP reversible.1ms GS 21 / 4 G, Hz Infrared light PNP Light.5ms We reserve the right to make changes GS_4_21_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

271 GSL 4 / GS 21 Optical forked sensors Standard Repeatability Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring.15mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.15mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d.15mm M8 connector 1 a, b, c, d Cable, 5m Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 w. laser transmitter Page 415 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer () info@leuze.de 269 AS-interface

272 OVERVIEW OF OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Detection of paper labels Dimensioned drawing GS 6 We reserve the right to make changes GS_6_Overview_GB.fm A B C Teach-in button or sensitivity adjustment Optical axis Indicator diodes Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

273 GS 6 Standard Optical forked sensors Mouth widths Page Optical forked sensors GS 6 2/5mm 272 Measuring Additional products - forked sensors: Optical forked sensors GS 4, GSL 4, GS Capacitive forked sensors GK Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU6, GSU14B 28 Ultrasonic Measuring CCD forked sensors GS Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 4mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Light path free Mechanical data Housing Metal Weight 8g 125g Features Detection of paper labels Conveyor speeds up to 12m/s Simple adjustment via teach-in button or remote calibration Large mouth width e.g. for booklets Protected against ambient light through light modulation Forked Special Fibre Optic Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -2 C +6 C VDE safety class III Protection class IP 65 U L US C LISTED Light Curtains Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 271 AS-interface

274 OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Response time Optical forked sensors GS6/6-2-S Hz Infrared light 1 x push-pull PNP light NPN dark.625ms GS6/6.3-2-S Hz Infrared light 1 x push-pull PNP light NPN dark.625ms GS6/6D.3-2-S Hz Infrared light 1 x push-pull PNP dark NPN light.625ms GS 6 / 66D - 2, 43 - S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull PNP dark NPN light.625ms GS6/66-2-S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / , Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms We reserve the right to make changes GS_6_1_GB.fm GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

275 GS 6 Optical forked sensors Standard Repeatability Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Measuring ±.15mm M8 connector 1, 5 a, b ±.15mm M8 connector 1) 2, 3, 5 c, d ±.15mm M8 connector 2, 3, 5 c, d ±.15mm Cable, 43mm, with M12 connector 1, 5 e, f ±.15mm M8 connector 1, 5 c, d ±.15mm M8 connector 2, 5 c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special ±.15mm M8 connector 2, 4, 5 c, d Electrical connection ±.15mm Cable, 2m 1, 5 Fibre Optic ±.15mm Cable,.55m 1, 4, 5 ±.15mm Cable, 2m 1, 4, 5 Light Curtains 1) When using right-angle plugs, cable outlet must point upward! Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Sensitivity adjustment via teach button 3 Sensitivity adjustment via teach input 4 Housing colour: black RAL 94 5 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 273 AS-interface

276 OPTICAL FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency Light source Output Switching Response time Optical forked sensors GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / 66-2, 15 - S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS6/6.3-5-S Hz Infrared light 1 x push-pull PNP light NPN dark.625ms GS6/66-5-S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / 66-5, Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms GS 6 / Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms We reserve the right to make changes GS_6_2_GB.fm GS 6 / , 15 - S Hz Infrared light 2 x push-pull.625ms Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

277 GS 6 Optical forked sensors Standard Repeatability Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Measuring ±.15mm Cable, 2m 2, 5 ±.15mm Cable, 2m 2, 4, 5 ±.15mm Cable, 15mm, with M12 connector 1, 5 e, f ±.15mm M8 connector 2, 3, 5 a, b, c, d ±.15mm M8 connector 1, 5 a, b, c, d ±.15mm M8 connector 2, 5 a, b, c, d Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 ±.15mm Cable,.36m 1, 5 Electrical connection ±.15mm Cable, 2m 1, 5 ±.15mm Cable, 2m 2, 5 ±.15mm Cable, 15mm, with M12 connector 2, 5 e, f Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via multiturn potentiometer Protective 2 Sensitivity adjustment via teach button 3 Sensitivity adjustment via teach input 4 Housing colour: black RAL 94 5 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 275 AS-interface

278 OVERVIEW OF CAPACITIVE FORKED SENSORS Detection of transparent labels Dimensioned drawing GK 14 / 24 L GK 14 / 24 L.2 We reserve the right to make changes GK_14_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E F Sensor Mouth depth Switching output indicator diode Base adjustment indicator diode Base adjustment Sensitivity adjustment (clockwise rotation = increase in sensitivity) Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

279 GK 14 Standard Capacitive forked sensors Mouth widths Page Capacitive forked sensors GK 14.9 ±.1mm 278 Measuring Additional products - forked sensors: Optical forked sensors GS 4, GSL 4, GS Optical forked sensors GS 6 27 Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU 6, GSU 14B 28 Ultrasonic Measuring CCD forked sensors GS Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED 1 Switching output Yellow LED 2 Base adjustment Mechanical data Housing Aluminium, anodised Features Detection of paper and transparent labels Conveyor speeds up to 1m/s Attractive cost/performance ratio Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight 175g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) VDE safety class C +6 C III Light Curtains Protection class IP 65 Standards applied IEC Optical Sensor ABCs Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 277 AS-interface

280 CAPACITIVE FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency Sensor principle Output Switching Response time Capacitive forked sensors GK 14 / 24 L ±.1 5Hz Capacitive 1x NPN 1x PNP Light.1ms GK 14 / 24 L ±.1 5Hz Capacitive 1x NPN 1x PNP Light.1ms We reserve the right to make changes GK_14_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

281 GK 14 Capacitive forked sensors Standard Repeatability Connection Option Accessories Protective Light Curtains Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring ±.2mm M12 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f ±.2mm M12 connector 1) 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f 1) Plug outlet points upward Optical Sensor ABCs Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Ex 2 Base adjustment via potentiometer 3 Inverting input for switching output signal () info@leuze.de 279 AS-interface

282 OVERVIEW OF ULTRASONIC FORKED SENSORS Detection of transparent labels Detection of paper labels Detection of metallised labels Dimensioned drawing GSU 6 (I)GSU 14B We reserve the right to make changes GSU_6_14_Overview_GB.fm A B C Sensor marker (centre of label tape) Teach-in button Indicator diodes Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

283 GSU 6 / (I)GSU 14B Standard Ultrasonic forked sensors Mouth widths Page Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU 6 2.5mm 282 Measuring Ultrasonic forked sensors (I)GSU 14B 4mm 284 Additional products - forked sensors: Optical forked sensors GS 4, GSL 4, GS Ultrasonic Optical forked sensors GS 6 27 Capacitive forked sensors GK Measuring CCD forked sensors GS Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/12 3VDC Residual ripple Open-circuit current Signal voltage high/low 15% of U B 4mA/ 7mA (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready/Teach-in Yellow LED Switching point in the label gap Features Detection of paper, transparent and metallised labels Conveyor speeds up to 4m/s Simple adjustment via teach-in button or remote calibration Forked Special Fibre Optic Red LED Teach/function error Mechanical data Housing Aluminium, anodised Environmental data Weight Ambient temperature (operation) 6g / 16g GSU 6: +5 C +5 C GSU 14B: C +6 C U L US C LISTED Optical Sensor ABCs Light Curtains VDE safety class III Protection class GSU 6: IP 62 GSU 14B: IP 65 Protective Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 374 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 281 AS-interface

284 ULTRASONIC FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Switching frequency 1) Sensor principle Output Switching Response time Ultrasonic forked sensors GSU6/4D.3-2-S labels/min. Ultrasonics 1 x PNP Dark.15ms GSU6/24-2-S labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Light.15ms GSU 6 / labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Light.15ms GSU6/24D-2-S labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Dark.15ms GSU6/24D.1-2-S labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Dark.15ms GSU 6 / 24D labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Dark.15ms GSU 6 / 24D - 2, 2 - S labels/min. Ultrasonics 1x NPN 1x PNP Dark.15ms 1) Dependent on conveyor speed, label length and label gap 2) Material dependent 3) When using right-angle plugs, cable outlet must point upward! We reserve the right to make changes GSU_6_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

285 GSU 6 Ultrasonic forked sensors Standard Repeatability 2) Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ±.3mm M8 connector 3) 1, 2, 4 a, b, c, d ±.3mm M8 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d ±.3mm Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 ±.3mm M8 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d ±.3mm M8 connector 3, 4 a, b, c, d ±.3mm Cable, 2m 1, 2, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 ±.3mm Cable,.2m, with M12 connector 1, 2, 4 e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach button 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 Forked sensor for tape-tear monitoring Ex 4 UL approval () info@leuze.de 283 AS-interface

286 ULTRASONIC FORKED SENSORS Part description Part No.: Mouth width [mm] Conveyor speed [m/min.] Sensor principle Output Switching Response time Ultrasonic forked sensors IGSU 14B / S Ultrasonics 1xPush-pull/DC 2μs IGSU 14B / 6D.3 - S Ultrasonics 1xPush-pull/DC Dark/light 2μs GSU 14B / S Ultrasonics 2xPush-pull/DC 2μs GSU 14B / 66D.3 - S Ultrasonics 2xPush-pull/DC Dark/light 2μs We reserve the right to make changes GSU_14B_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC e K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC f Extended carriage Extended guide rail for GSU 14B, 26mm long GS 4/21 Page 264 GS 6 Page 27 GK 14 Page 276 GSU 6/14B Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

287 (I)GSU 14B Ultrasonic forked sensors Standard Repeatability 1) Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring ±.2mm M12 connector 3) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±.2mm M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±.2mm M12 connector 1, 2, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f ±.2mm M12 connector 1, 2, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f 1) Depending on material, conveyor speed, label length and spacing between labels Optical Sensor ABCs Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via teach button 2 Teach-in via teach input 3 easyteach function 4 ALC (auto level control) - online optimisation of the switching threshold 5 Warning output Ex 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 285 AS-interface

288 SELECTION GUIDE Contrast scanners Operating principle Products and typ. scanning ranges [mm] KRTG 8 Scanning ranges: 1 from page 288 onwards Contrast scanners detect markings, even those with only slight contrast with respect to the background, at very high processing speeds. Automatic adaptation of the wavelength allows the slightest changes in grey value to be detected, independent of the colour combination of the marking and background. Features KRTM 2 Scanning ranges: 12 / 2 / 5 KRTG 2 Scanning ranges: 12 / 2 / 5 from page 288 onwards from page 288 onwards Multicolour and green-light contrast scanners available Detection of the slightest differences in contrast by means of highly dynamic transmitter regulation Various teach-in variants for optimum process integration Special functions can be enabled via a keyboard Temperature compensation ensures stable scanning over a long operating period We reserve the right to make changes Abgrenzung_Spezialsensoren_GB.fm Colour sensors Operating principle Colour sensors detect the colour of an object by comparing with a taught-in reference colour. They generate a switching signal when both colours match within a specified tolerance range. Features Multicolour LED transmitter Colour detection with incident light and transmitted light Detection of different colours via 2/4 digital outputs or via an analog output Up to four reference colours can be stored Programming via teach-in Analogue evaluation with transmitter switchover Products and typ. scanning ranges [mm] CRT 2B Scanning ranges: 12.5 / 6 CRTM 2 Scanning ranges: 12 / 2 / 5 CRT 442 Scanning ranges: 12.5 from page 3 onwards from page 3 onwards from page 3 onwards 286 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

289 Luminescence scanners Operating principle SPECIAL SENSORS Products and typ. scanning ranges [mm] Standard Measuring LRT 8 Scanning ranges: 5 from page 36 onwards Ultrasonic A luminescent material which is illuminated with blue light reflects light with a longer wavelength. This effect, combined with appropriate filtering, makes it possible to detect luminescent markings or materials, even on optically critical surfaces. LRT 4 Scanning ranges: 5 2 LRT 44 Scanning ranges: 15 from page 36 onwards from page 36 onwards Forked Features UV LED transmitter Detection of visible and invisible luminescent material Luminescence scanners in various housings Filtering options PNP, NPN and analog outputs Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic +49 () info@leuze.de 287 AS-interface

290 OVERVIEW OF CONTRAST SCANNERS Slit and hole recognition Mark detection Dimensioned drawing KRTG 8 see 8 Series standard sensors on page 4. Dimensioned drawing KRTG 2, KRTM 2 Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. We reserve the right to make changes KRT_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E Vertical light spot orientation Optical axis Scanning range Head Front 288 KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG LRT Page 36

291 KRT 8 / 2 Standard Contrast scanners Scanning ranges Page Green-light contrast scanner KRTG 8 1 1mm 29 Measuring Green-light contrast scanner KRTG mm 29 Multi-colour contrast scanner KRTM mm 294 Ultrasonic Additional products - special sensors: Colour sensors CRTM 2, CRT 2B, CRT Luminescence scanners LRT 8, LRT 4, LRT Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/12 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA/ 6mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready, teach-in Yellow LED Obj. detected, teach-in Mechanical data Housing Metal Features Interchangeable objectives with scanning ranges of 12mm, 2mm and 5mm Models with memory for up to 128 different labels Analog 6.25μs and digital 2μs high-speed interface Automatic amplifier adaptation for shiny and dull cut marks Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass Weight ( 8/ 2) 7g/3g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) 8: -4 C +6 C 2: -25 C +6 C U L US C LISTED Light Curtains VDE safety class Protection class IP 67 (LKRTG 8: IP 65) II Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 LED class 1 acc. to EN Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 375 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 289 AS-interface

292 GREEN-LIGHT CONTRAST SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output Green light contrast scanners KRTG 8 / S ± 1mm 1 3VDC 8kHz Green light 2. x 2.mm 2 1x PNP 1xNPN KRTG 2 M/P S ± 1mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 PNP KRTG 2 M/P S ± 2mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 PNP KRTG 2 M/P S ± 2mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 PNP KRTG 2 M/N S ± 2mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 NPN KRTG 2 M/N S ± 2mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 NPN KRTG 2 M/P S ± 5mm 1) 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) Green light 4. x 2.mm 2 PNP 1) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 1mm, 2 ± 2mm or 5 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. We reserve the right to make changes KRTG_8_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d OB 2 - KRT 2 Objective for 2mm scanning range e OB 5 - KRT 2 Objective for 5mm scanning range f WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

293 KRTG 8 / 2 Green light contr. scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 7 a, b M12 connector 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Static teach-in via rotary switch 2 Static teach-in on mark and background via teach button/line 3 Static teach-in on background via teach button/line 4 Switchable pulse stretching 5 switching 6 Synchronous input for measurement start/stop Ex 7 UL approval () info@leuze.de 291 AS-interface

294 MULTICOLOUR CONTRAST SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output RGB multicolour contrast scanners KRTM 2 M/P S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/N S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 1mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN 1) Other scanning ranges of 2 ± 2mm or 5 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. We reserve the right to make changes KRTM_2_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d OB 2 - KRT 2 Objective for 2mm scanning range e OB 5 - KRT 2 Objective for 5mm scanning range f WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

295 KRTM 2 Multicolour contr. scanner Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Static teach-in via teach button/line 2 Dynamic teach-in via teach button/line 3 mark preselection via L/D input 4 Cut-marking system with memory for 128 data sets 5 Freely programmable via protocol interface (buttons disabled) Protective 6 Switchable pulse stretching 7 switching 8 Synchronous input for measurement start/stop 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 293 AS-interface

296 MULTICOLOUR CONTRAST SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output RGB multicolour contrast scanners KRTM 2 M/P S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/N S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN 1) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 1mm or 5 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. We reserve the right to make changes KRTM_2_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d OB 2 - KRT 2 Objective for 2mm scanning range e OB 5 - KRT 2 Objective for 5mm scanning range f WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

297 KRTM 2 Multicolour contr. scanner Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Static teach-in via teach button/line 2 Dynamic teach-in via teach button/line 3 mark preselection via L/D input 4 Cut-marking system with memory for 128 data sets 5 Freely programmable via protocol interface (buttons disabled) Protective 6 Switchable pulse stretching 7 switching 8 Synchronous input for measurement start/stop 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 295 AS-interface

298 MULTICOLOUR CONTRAST SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output RGB multicolour contrast scanners KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 Analog/mA PNP KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light Analog/mA 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 Analog/mA PNP KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light Analog/mA 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 Analog/mA PNP KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light Analog/mA 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 Analog/mA NPN KRTM 2 M/V S ± 2mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light Analog/mA 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN 1) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 1mm or 5 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. We reserve the right to make changes KRTM_2_3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d OB 2 - KRT 2 Objective for 2mm scanning range e OB 5 - KRT 2 Objective for 5mm scanning range f WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

299 KRTM 2 Multicolour contr. scanner Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 5, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Fibre Optic Options 1 Static teach-in via teach button/line Light Curtains 2 Dynamic teach-in via teach button/line 3 mark preselection via L/D input 4 Cut-marking system with memory for 128 data sets 5 Freely programmable via protocol interface (buttons disabled) Protective 6 Switchable pulse stretching 7 switching 8 Synchronous input for measurement start/stop 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 297 AS-interface

300 MULTICOLOUR CONTRAST SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range 1) Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output RGB multicolour contrast scanners KRTM 2 M/P S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/P S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 PNP KRTM 2 M/N S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN KRTM 2 M/N S ± 5mm 12 3VDC 25kHz (digital) RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 NPN 1) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 1mm or 2 ± 2mm are possible by changing the objective. We reserve the right to make changes KRTM_2_4_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d OB 2 - KRT 2 Objective for 2mm scanning range e OB 5 - KRT 2 Objective for 5mm scanning range f WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

301 KRTM 2 Multicolour contr. scanner Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 2, 3, 6, 7, 9 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Contrast scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Static teach-in via teach button/line 2 Dynamic teach-in via teach button/line 3 mark preselection via L/D input 4 Cut-marking system with memory for 128 data sets 5 Freely programmable via protocol interface (buttons disabled) Protective 6 Switchable pulse stretching 7 switching 8 Synchronous input for measurement start/stop 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 299 AS-interface

302 OVERVIEW OF COLOUR SENSORS Dimensioned drawing CRTM 2 see special sensors, contrast scanner KRT 2 on page 288. Dimensioned drawing CRT 2B CRT 442 We reserve the right to make changes CRT_Overview_GB.fm A B C D Display elements Control buttons Objective 9 turning connector Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page 36 3 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

303 CRT(M) 2(B) / 442 Standard Colour sensors Colour sensors - analog output CRTM 2 Scanning ranges Page 12 / 2 / 5mm 32 Measuring Colour sensors - digital output CRT 442, CRT 2B 12.5 / 6mm 32 Additional products - special sensors: Contrast scanners KRTM 2, KRTG 2, (L)KRTG Ultrasonic Luminescence scanners LRT 8, LRT 4, LRT Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3/12 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 8mA/ 6mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready to operate Yellow LED Switching state/error Orange LED (CRT 448 ) Teach-in Mechanical data Housing ABS / metal Features Interchangeable objective for scanning ranges from 12mm to 5mm Simple assignment of colours with teach function Reversible transmitter colours for sensitive measurement tasks Analog 6.25μs high-speed interface Analog or digital switching outputs Forked Special Fibre Optic Optics cover Glass Environmental data Weight ( 448/ 2) Ambient temperature (operation) 11g/125g/3g -1 C +55 C 2: -25 C +55 C U L US C LISTED Optical Sensor ABCs Light Curtains Protection class IP 67 Colour sensors Page 411 LED class 1 acc. to EN Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Protective Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 376 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 31 AS-interface

304 COLOUR SENSORS Part description Part No.: Scanning range Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output Colour sensors with analog output CRTM 2 M/V S ± 5mm 1) 12 3VDC RGB light 4. x 1.2mm 2 Analog/mA PNP CRTM 2 M/V S ± 5mm 2) 12 3VDC RGB light Analog/mA 1. x 2.mm 2 PNP Colour sensors with digital output CRT 2B M/P S mm 1 3VDC 6kHz RGB light 13. x 13.mm 2 1x PNP CRT 2B M/P S mm 1 3VDC 3.5kHz RGB light 13. x 13.mm 2 4x PNP CRT 2B M/N S mm 1 3VDC 6kHz RGB light 13. x 13.mm 2 1xNPN CRT 2B M/N S mm 1 3VDC 3.5kHz RGB light 13. x 13.mm 2 4xNPN CRT 2B M/P S mm 1 3VDC 6kHz RGB light 4. x 2.mm 2 1x PNP CRT 2B M/P S mm 1 3VDC 3.5kHz RGB light 4. x 2.mm 2 4x PNP We reserve the right to make changes CRT_1_GB.fm CRT 2B M/N S CRT 2B M/N S mm 1 3VDC 6kHz 12.5mm 1 3VDC 3.5kHz RGB light 4. x 2.mm 2 1xNPN RGB light 4. x 2.mm 2 4xNPN Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR c OB 12 - KRT 2 Objective for 12mm scanning range d WZ - OB - KRT 2 Tool for changing objectives KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

305 CRT(M) 2(B) Colour sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 4 a, c, d M12 connector 1, 4 a, c, d M12 connector 2, 4 a M12 connector 3, 4 b M12 connector 2, 4 a Optical Sensor ABCs Colour sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special M12 connector 3, 4 b Electrical connection M12 connector 2, 4 a Fibre Optic M12 connector 3, 4 b M12 connector 2, 4 a Light Curtains M12 connector 3, 4 b 1) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 5mm or 5 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. 2) Other scanning ranges of 12 ± 5mm or 2 ± 5mm are possible by changing the objective. Options 1 Analog output, RGB remote changeover via line Protective 2 Colour sensor with 1 channel, teach-in of reference colour 3 Colour sensor with 4 channels, teach-in of reference colour 4 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 33 AS-interface

306 COLOUR SENSORS Part description Part No.: Scanning range Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Light spot Output Colour sensors with digital output CRT 442 K/P S ± 2mm 24VDC ± 2% 1.5kHz RGB light 1.5 x 6.5mm 2 1x PNP CRT 442 K/N S ± 2mm 24VDC ± 2% 1.5kHz RGB light 1.5 x 6.5mm 2 1xNPN We reserve the right to make changes CRT_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

307 CRT 442 Colour sensors Standard Connection Option Accessories Protective Light Curtains Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Colour sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Ex Options 1 Teach-in of reference colour 2 UL approval () info@leuze.de 35 AS-interface

308 OVERVIEW OF LUMINESCENCE SCANNERS Dimensioned drawing LRT 8 see 8 Series standard sensors on page 4. Dimensioned drawing LRT 44 / LRT 44 / LRT 4 / We reserve the right to make changes LRT_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E F Indicator diode Transmitter Receiver Optical axis Sensitivity adjustment Control button panel Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. LRT 4 / KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

309 LRT 8 / 4 / 44 Standard Luminescence scanners Scanning ranges Page Luminescence scanner LRT 8 5mm / 1mm 38 Measuring Luminescence scanner LRT 4 5 2mm 38 Luminescence scanner LRT 44 15mm 38 Ultrasonic Additional products - special sensors: Contrast scanners KRTM 2, KRTG 2, (L)KRTG Colour sensors CRTM 2, CRT 2B, CRT Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 15% of U B Open-circuit current 35mA/ 4mA/ 4mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Yellow LED Obj. detected/reflection Mechanical data Housing Metal Optics cover Glass Features Scanning ranges up to 15mm Among others, luminescence scanners in compact housings Filter possibility for distinguishing between different-coloured luminescences Analog sensitivity adjustment via connector interface Forked Special Fibre Optic Weight ( 8/ 4/ 44) 7g/25g/25g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) Protection class IP 67-2 C +6 C U L US C LISTED 1) Light Curtains Standards applied IEC , UL 58 1) Optical Sensor ABCs Luminescence scanners Page 411 Protective 1) LRT 8 only Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 376 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 37 AS-interface

310 LUMINESCENCE SCANNERS Part description Part No.: Scanning range Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Output Luminescence scanners LRT8/24.-5-S mm 1 3VDC 15Hz UV light, LED class 1M 1x PNP 1xNPN LRT8/ S mm 1 3VDC 15Hz UV light, LED class 1M 1x PNP 1xNPN LRT 8 / S mm 1 3VDC 15Hz UV light, LED class 1M 1x PNP 1xNPN LRT4/ mm 1 3VDC 2Hz UV light, LED class 1 PNP LRT4/ mm 1 3VDC 2Hz UV light, LED class 1 PNP LRT 4 / , mm 1 3VDC 2Hz UV light, LED class 1 PNP LRT 4 / , mm 1 3VDC 2Hz UV light, LED class 1 PNP LRT 44 / S mm 1 3VDC 6Hz UV light, laser class 3R 1x PNP 1xNPN We reserve the right to make changes LRT_8_4_44_GB.fm LRT 44 / S Accessories / connection cables 5mm 1 3VDC 6Hz Part No. Designation Features UV light, laser class 1 Analog/mA 1xPNP 1xNPN More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC f K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC KRT Page 288 CRT Page 3 LRT Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

311 LRT 8 / 4 / 44 Luminescence scanners Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring M12 connector 1, 4, 8, 9 e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 e, f Cable, 2m 1, 6 Cable, 2m 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 Cable, 5m 2, 6 Optical Sensor ABCs Luminescence scanners Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 5m 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 Electrical connection M12 connector 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d Fibre Optic M12 connector 3, 5, 6 e, f Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer Light Curtains 2 Sensitivity adjustment via remote calibration 3 Sensitivity adjustment in 256 levels via buttons 4 For detecting red luminescence 5 For detecting blue/colourless luminescence Protective 6 For detecting yellow/yellow-green luminescence 7 For detecting orange luminescence 8 switching 9 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 39 AS-interface

312 OVERVIEW OF FIBRE OPTIC AMPLIFIERS Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes LVSR325_Overview_GB.fm A B C D Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Fibre optics fixing screw Indicator diodes Sensitivity adjustment Fibre optics input LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

313 LVSR 325 Standard Fibre optic amplifiers Fibre optics Page Fibre optic amplifier LVSR 325 Plastic / glass fibre 312 Measuring Additional products: Fibre optic amplifier LVSR GLL KLL Glass fibre optics GF 318 Plastic fibre optics KF 324 Ex Protective Forked Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 25mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2V)/ 2V Indicators Green LED Ready/Teach-in Yellow LED Switching output Red LED Performance res./teach-in Features For plastic or glass fibre optics Teach-in for optimum sensitivity adjustment Activation or teach input Configuration of time functions possible via interface Warning output Special Fibre Optic Mechanical data Housing Plastic Fibre optic connection Screw connection Environmental data Light Curtains Weight (without cable) Ambient temperature (operation) 3g -2 C +7 C Optical Sensor ABCs Protection class IP 65 Fibre optic sensors Page () info@leuze.de 311 AS-interface

314 FIBRE OPTIC AMPLIFIERS Part description Part No.: Fibre optics Light source Output Switching Fibre optic amplifiers for glass and plastic fibre optic cables LVSR 325 K / P S Glass fibre GF, Ø 4mm Red light PNP configurable LVSR 325 K / P Glass fibre GF, Ø 4mm Red light PNP configurable LVSR 325 K / P S Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light PNP configurable LVSR 325 K / P Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light PNP configurable LVSR 325 K / N S Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light NPN configurable LVSR 325 K / N Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light NPN configurable We reserve the right to make changes LVSR_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM8A-4P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC d KB Configuration cable for LVSR 325, 2mm e LVSR PS Configuration software for LVSR 325 f STV - KB 325 Plug for connecting KB to PC LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

315 LVSR 325 Fibre optic amplifiers Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 d, e, f M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 d, e, f M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2, 3 d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Fibre optic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Teach-in via buttons 2 Configurable inputs/outputs and time functions 3 Configuration via PC software () info@leuze.de 313 AS-interface

316 OVERVIEW OF FIBRE OPTIC AMPLIFIERS Dimensioned drawing We reserve the right to make changes LVSR424_Overview_GB.fm A B C D E Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. Clamping lever for fibre optic Yellow indicator diode Green indicator diode Sensitivity adjustment switching LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

317 LVSR 424 Standard Fibre optic amplifiers Fibre optics Page Fibre optic amplifier LVSR 424 Plastic 316 Measuring Additional products: Fibre optic amplifier LVSR GLL KLL Glass fibre optics GF 318 Plastic fibre optics KF 324 Ex Ultrasonic Protective Forked Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 1 3VDC Residual ripple 1% of U B Open-circuit current 15mA Signal voltage high/low (U B -2.5V)/ 2.5V Indicators Green LED Performance reserve Yellow LEDs Object detected Mechanical data Housing Plastic (PBTP) Features For plastic fibre optics 12-turn potentiometer for sensitivity adjustment Warning output 3-pin or 4-pin plug connector Special Fibre Optic Fibre optic connection Clamp Weight (without cable) Light Curtains 18g Environmental data Ambient temperature (operation) -25 C +55 C Protection class IP 64 Standards applied IEC Optical Sensor ABCs Fibre optic sensors Page () info@leuze.de 315 AS-interface

318 FIBRE OPTIC AMPLIFIERS Part description Part No.: Fibre optics Light source Output Switching Fibre optic amplifiers for plastic fibre optics LVSR424/P-23-S Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light PNP reversible LVSR424/P-24-S Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light PNP reversible LVSR 424 / P Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light PNP reversible LVSR 424 / N S Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light NPN reversible LVSR 424 / N Plastic KF, Ø 2.2mm Red light NPN reversible We reserve the right to make changes LVSR_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM8W-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC b K-DM8A-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC c K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC d K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC e K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC f K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

319 LVSR 424 Fibre optic amplifiers Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M8 connector, 3-pin 1 a, b, c, d M8 connector, 4-pin 1, 2 e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 M8 connector, 4-pin 1, 2 e, f Cable, 2m 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs Fibre optic sensors Page 411 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via 12-turn potentiometer 2 Warning output () info@leuze.de 317 AS-interface

320 GLASS FIBRE OPTICS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Operating range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: throughbeam sensor GF 5 / 1 LS - MS mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø1.14mm GF 5 / 1 LS - SI mm 2) 5mm Silicone Ø1.14mm GF 5 / 1 LS - VA mm 2) 5mm Stainless steel Ø1.14mm GF 1 / 1 LS - MS mm 2) 1mm Brass Ø1.14mm GF 1 / 1 LS - SI mm 2) 1mm Silicone Ø1.14mm GF 1 / 1 LS - VA mm 2) 1mm Stainless steel Ø1.14mm GF 2 / 1 LS - VA mm 2) 2mm Stainless steel Ø1.14mm 1) Operation and storage temp. Brass: -3 C +14 C Silicone: -3 C +16 C Stainl. steel: -3 C +18 C (for short periods +3 C) 2) In combination with LVSR 325 We reserve the right to make changes GF_1_GB.fm Accessories Part No. Designation Features GF - L1 Lens for glass fibre optics GF - U1 Deflectors for glass fibre optics LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

321 GF Glass fibre optics GLL Standard Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Operating range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: throughbeam sensor Measuring GF 5 / 4 LS - MS mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø2.28mm GF 5 / 4 LS - SI mm 2) 5mm Silicone Ø2.28mm Ultrasonic GF 5 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 5mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm GF 1 / 4 LS - MS mm 2) 1mm Brass Ø2.28mm Forked GF 1 / 4 LS - SI mm 2) 1mm Silicone Ø2.28mm GF 1 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 1mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm Special GF 15 / 4 LS - MS mm 2) 15mm Brass Ø2.28mm GF 15 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 15mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm Fibre Optic GF 2 / 4 LS - MS mm 2) 2mm Brass Ø2.28mm GF 2 / 4 LS - SI mm 2) 2mm Silicone Ø2.28mm Light Curtains GF 2 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 2mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm GF 25 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 25mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm Ex Protective () info@leuze.de 319 AS-interface

322 GLASS FIBRE OPTICS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Operating range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: throughbeam sensor GF 3 / 4 LS - MS mm 2) 3mm Brass Ø2.28mm GF 3 / 4 LS - SI mm 2) 3mm Silicone Ø2.28mm GF 3 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 3mm Stainless steel Ø2.28mm GF 5 / 4 LS - VA mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø2.28mm 1) Operation and storage temp. Brass: -3 C +14 C Silicone: -3 C +16 C Stainl. steel: -3 C +18 C (for short periods +3 C) 2) In combination with LVSR 325 We reserve the right to make changes GF_2_GB.fm Accessories Part No. Designation Features GF - L1 Lens for glass fibre optics GF - U1 Deflectors for glass fibre optics LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

323 GF Glass fibre optics GLL Standard Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Scanning range Fibre length Sheathing 1). Active light diameter (A) Function: diffuse reflection scanner Measuring GF 6 / 1 RT - MS - D5 - L mm 2) 6mm Brass Ø1.mm Ex Forked Ultrasonic GF 6 / 1 RT - Si - W - 1, mm 2) 6mm Silicone Ø1.mm GF 5 / 1 RT - MS mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø1.8mm GF 5 / 1 RT - SI mm 2) 5mm Silicone Ø1.8mm Special GF 5 / 1 RT - VA mm 2) 5mm Stainless steel Ø1.8mm GF 1 / 1 RT - MS mm 2) 1mm Brass Ø1.8mm Fibre Optic GF 1 / 1 RT - SI 5 4 5mm 2) 1mm Silicone Ø1.8mm GF 1 / 1 RT - VA mm 2) 1mm Stainless steel Ø1.8mm Light Curtains GF 15 / 1 RT - MS mm 2) 15mm Brass Ø1.8mm GF 1 / 1 RT - MS Protective 5mm 2) 1mm Brass Ø1.mm () info@leuze.de 321 AS-interface

324 GLASS FIBRE OPTICS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Scanning range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: diffuse reflection scanner GF 5 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø3.5mm GF 5 / 4 RT - SI mm 2) 5mm Silicone Ø3.5mm GF 5 / 4 RT - VA mm 2) 5mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm GF 1 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 1mm Brass Ø3.5mm GF 1 / 4 RT - SI mm 2) 1mm Silicone Ø3.5mm GF 1 / 4 RT - VA mm 2) 1mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm GF 15 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 15mm Brass Ø3.5mm GF 15 / 4 RT - VA mm 2) 15mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm GF 2 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 2mm Brass Ø3.5mm We reserve the right to make changes GF_3_GB.fm GF 2 / 4 RT - SI GF 2 / 4 RT - VA ) Operation and storage temp. Brass: -3 C +14 C Silicone: -3 C +16 C Stainl. steel: -3 C +18 C (for short periods +3 C) 2) In combination with LVSR 325 Accessories Part No. Designation Features 8mm 2) 8mm 2) GF - L1 Lens for glass fibre optics GF - U1 Deflectors for glass fibre optics 2mm Silicone 2mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm Ø3.5mm LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

325 GF Glass fibre optics GLL Standard Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Scanning range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: diffuse reflection scanner Measuring GF 25 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 25mm Brass Ø3.5mm GF 25 / 4 RT - SI mm 2) 25mm Silicone Ø3.5mm Ultrasonic GF25/4RT/VA mm 2) 25mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm GF 3 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 3mm Brass Ø3.5mm Forked GF 3 / 4 RT - SI mm 2) 3mm Silicone Ø3.5mm GF 3 / 4 RT - VA mm 2) 3mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm Special GF35/4RT/VA mm 2) 35mm Stainless steel Ø3.5mm GF 5 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 5mm Brass Ø3.5mm Fibre Optic GF 6 / 4 RT - MS mm 2) 6mm Brass Ø3.5mm Ex Protective Light Curtains () info@leuze.de 323 AS-interface

326 PLASTIC FIBRE OPTICS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Operating range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: throughbeam sensor KF 2 / 2 LS mm 2) 3mm 3) 2mm PVC Ø1mm KF 2 / 2 LS ) 2mm 2) 3mm 3) 2mm PVC Ø1mm 1) Operation and storage temp. PVC: -25 C +8 C 2) In combination with LVSR 325 3) In combination with LVSR 424 4) Delivery does not include cutting device 5) With bendable end piece, minimum bending radius 1mm We reserve the right to make changes KF_1_GB.fm Accessories Part No. Designation Features KF - L1 Attachment lens for greater operating ranges KF - U1 9 deflector for plastic fibre optics LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

327 KF Plastic fibre optics KLL Standard Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Operating range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: throughbeam sensor Measuring KF 2 / 2 LS mm 2) 4mm 3) 2mm PVC Ø1mm Ex Forked Protective Fibre Optic Light Curtains Special Ultrasonic KF 2 / 2 LS ) 2mm 2) 4mm 3) 2mm PVC Ø1mm Fibre optics available in lengths up to 6m () info@leuze.de 325 AS-interface

328 PLASTIC FIBRE OPTICS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Scanning range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: diffuse reflection scanner KF 2 / 1 RT mm 2) 25mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ.5mm KF 2 / 1 RT - M5 - Z mm 2) 25mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ.5mm KF 2 / 2 RT mm 2) 1mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ.85mm We reserve the right to make changes KF_2_GB.fm 1) Operation and storage temp. PVC: -25 C +8 C 2) In combination with LVSR 325 3) In combination with LVSR 424 4) With bendable end piece, minimum bending radius 1mm Accessories Part No. Designation Features KF - L1 Attachment lens for greater operating ranges KF - U1 9 deflector for plastic fibre optics LVSR 325 Page 31 LVSR 424 Page 314 GF Page 318 KF Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

329 KF Plastic fibre optics KLL Standard Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Scanning range Fibre length Sheathing 1) Active light diameter (A) Function: diffuse reflection scanner Measuring KF2/2RT ) 65mm 2) 1mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ.85mm Ex Forked Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Special Ultrasonic KF2/2RT mm 2) 12mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ1.mm KF 2 / 2 RT - M4 - D mm 2) 12mm 3) 2mm PVC 2xØ1.mm Fibre optics available in lengths up to 6m () info@leuze.de 327 AS-interface

330 SELECTION GUIDE VARIO B switching light curtains Measurement principle Transmitter Receiver free beams Products and measurement field lengths [mm] Op. range: Cycle time:.7 5m 1ms (parallel mode) 2ms (parallel/diagonal mode) Leuze electronic Leuze electronic Number of beams... n-1 VARIO B beam spacing 5mm on page VARIO B beam spacing 12.5mm on page The infrared light signal emitted by the transmitter diode is detected at the receiver. If one or more beams are interrupted by an object, this is signalled at the switching output. Triggering of the integrated system and soiling control is signalled via the warning output. VARIO B beam spacing 25mm on page VARIO B beam spacing 5mm on page VARIO B beam spacing 1mm on page Features Plug n Play use through factory-set configuration and simple installation Can be specially configured to detect optically critical objects Integrated control device with signal and warning output Measurement field coverage up to 3.2m with an operating range of up to 5m We reserve the right to make changes Abgrenzung_Lichtvorhänge_GB.fm 328 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

331 KONTURflex measuring light curtains Measurement principle Transmitter Receiver HNU Leuze electronic Leuze electronic LIGHT CURTAINS Products and measurement field lengths [mm] Op. range: 4m Cycle time: (S number of light beams in system + 3) x 5μs KONTURflex beam spacing 5mm on page Standard Measuring HU TU KONTURflex beam spacing 1mm on page Ultrasonic KONTURflex beam spacing 2mm on page The state of the infrared light field between the transmitter and receiver light strips is analysed in the external control device for configurable functions. The corresponding information is passed on to the primary control via the system interface. Forked Features Up to 4 light curtains with varying number of beams with a total of up to 512 beams per control device Configuration of the control device either directly or offline via PC configuration software with subsequent download Fast measurement value acquisition dependent on the number of system beams connected to the control device Integrated and configurable measurement functions (e.g. hole recognition, web centre recognition, blanking) Special variant for use in potentially explosive areas Special Fibre Optic Ex Protective Light Curtains TNU Number of beams... n-1 Control device Leuze electronic System interface: RS 485 MODBUS, PROFIBUS DP KONTURflex beam spacing 4mm on page QUATTRO control device on page () info@leuze.de 329 AS-interface

332 OVERVIEW OF SWITCHING LIGHT CURTAINS Projection control in materials handling Process control in foil packaging Access control in public transportation Dimensioned drawing VARIO B beam spacing 5mm VARIO B beam spacing 12.5mm, 25mm, 5mm, 1mm We reserve the right to make changes VARIO_B_Overview_GB.fm A B C D BB BK X Beam spacing Measurement field length Number of beams Profile length Distance from bore hole to bore hole Distance from bore hole to housing edge Distance from first beam to housing edge Dimensions of optional measurement field lengths on request. Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. 33 VARIO B Page 33 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG KONTURflex Page 336

333 VARIO B Standard Light curtain Beam spacing Page VARIO B switching light curtain 5 1mm 332 Measuring Additional products: Measuring light curtain KONTURflex 336 Measuring light curtain KONTURflex Ex 358 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 24VDC Residual ripple Output Cycle time (parallel mode) Optical data Max. no. of beams 64 Operating range 15% of U B 2xPNP or 2xNPN, max. 2mA per output 1ms / beam (min. 3ms).7 5m Features Beam spacing 5 / 12.5 / 25 / 5 / 1mm Operating range 5m Calibratability for optically critical objects Factory-set configuration Configuration software Forked Special Fibre Optic Wavelength 88nm (infrared light) Max. misalignment angle ± 1 between transmitter and receiver Mechanical data Housing Aluminium, anodised Light Curtains Dimensions (W x H) 12 x 58mm and 1 x 27mm, resp. Optical Sensor ABCs Light curtain Page 49 Connection M8 connector or cable Environmental data Ambient temperature -1 C +45 C Protective Protection class IP 54 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 377 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 331 AS-interface

334 SWITCHING LIGHT CURTAINS Part description Part No.: = Transmitter = Receiver A [mm] B [mm] C D [mm] BB [mm] BK [mm] X [mm] Op. range [m] Light source VBT-5-35-S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT-5-35-S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT , IVBR/ , Infrared light 88nm VBT S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT-5-35-S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT-5-35-S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm VBT-1-7-S IVBR/ S Infrared light 88nm We reserve the right to make changes VARIO_B_1_GB.fm VBT-1-7-S IVBR/ S A Beam spacing C Number of beams BB Distance from bore hole to bore hole X Distance from first beam to housing edge B Meas. field length D Profile length BK Distance from bore hole to housing edge Infrared light 88nm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a VB - Int Interface module for PC configuration via RS 232 b UPG 5 Calibration adapter for VARIO B with M8 connector c K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC e K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC VARIO B Page 33 KONTURflex Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

335 VARIO B Light curtain Standard Output 1) / Switching Connection 2) Option Accessories PNP / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Measuring NPN / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e PNP / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Ultrasonic NPN / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e PNP / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e PNP / light Cable, 4m 1, 2, 3 a NPN / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Optical Sensor ABCs Light curtain Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Forked Special PNP / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Electrical connection NPN / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Fibre Optic PNP / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e NPN / light M8 connector 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e Light Curtains 1) The factory-set configuration can be changed at a later time using the VARIOsoft conf. software 2) Also available with line connection, line length 4m Additional light curtains available with measurement field lengths of up to 315mm and up to 64 beams, see table on page 334. VARIOsoft configuration software available at no cost at. Protective Options 1 Combined warning output / calibration input (configurable) 2 Parallel beam mode / parallel and diagonal beam mode configurable 3 switching configurable Ex () info@leuze.de 333 AS-interface

336 SWITCHING LIGHT CURTAINS Measurement field length B [mm] Beam spacing A [mm] ) ) ) ) Only available with PNP switching output and with measurement function! Beam spacing A and measurement field length B of a transmitter/receiver pair must be the same! We reserve the right to make changes VARIO_B_2_GB.fm 334 VARIO B Page 33 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG KONTURflex Page 336

337 VARIO B Light curtain Standard Measurement function Light switching Dark switching Measuring Parallel beam method 2 Parallel+diagonal beam method 1 3 Ultrasonic Ex Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Special Forked / 2 1 / () info@leuze.de 335 AS-interface

338 OVERVIEW OF MEASURING LIGHT CURTAINS Powder-coating system Painting system Dimensioned drawing KONTURflex KONTURflex Ex Dimensions of optional measurement field lengths on request. Further details can be found in the respective data sheet. We reserve the right to make changes KONTURflex_Overview_GB.fm A B D Beam spacing Measurement field length Profile length QUATTRO - RSX, QUATTRO - DP, QUATTRO - CANopen QUATTRO - RSX / M12 QUATTRO - DP / KV VARIO B Page 33 KONTURflex Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

339 KONTURflex Standard Light curtain Beam spacing Page KONTURflex measuring light curtain 5 4mm 338 Measuring Additional products: Switching light curtain VARIO B 33 Measuring light curtain KONTURflex Ex 358 Ultrasonic Common technical data Electrical data Operating voltage U B 12VDC (light curtain) 24VDC (control device) Residual ripple Cycle time Output Connection 2% of U B (Number of beams in system + 3) x 5μs 1 x PNP, configurable M12 cable, 5-pin, max. 2m between control device and light curtains System interface RS 485 PROFIBUS DP CANopen Config. interface RS 232 Features Beam spacings 5 / 1 / 2 / 4mm Operating range 4m Up to 4 light curtains per QUAT- TRO control device Integrated and configurable functions Factory-set configuration PC configuration software U L US C LISTED Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Optical data Max. no. of beams 512 on 4 systems Wavelength 88nm (infrared light) Optical Sensor ABCs Light curtain Page 49 Mechanical data Housing Light curtain: aluminium Control device: plastic Protective Environmental data Ambient temperature C +55 C (operation) Protection class IP 65 Standards applied IEC , UL 58 Mounting systems for this series can be found from page 377 onwards Ex () info@leuze.de 337 AS-interface

340 MEASURING LIGHT CURTAINS Part description Part No.: = Transmitter = Receiver Beam spacing A [mm] Meas. field length B [mm] No. of beams Profile length D [mm] Op. range [m] Light source KONTURflex measuring light curtains KT KR Infrared light 88nm KT KR Infrared light 88nm KT KR Infrared light 88nm KT KR Infrared light 88nm For other measurement field lengths, see type key on page 339! A QUATTRO control device is absolutely necessary for operating the KONTURflex light curtains. See following double page! We reserve the right to make changes KONTURflex_1_GB.fm KONTURflexsoft configuration software available at no cost at. Accessories / connection cables: additional cable lengths available! Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a CB - M12-25S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 2.5m, shielded a CB - M12-5S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 5m, shielded a CB - M12-1S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 1m, shielded b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 232 connection cable 5m, M12 axial c K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 485/U B connection cable 5m, M12 axial d K - CB - SUBP - 3 QUATTRO-PC diagnosis cable, 3m VARIO B Page 33 KONTURflex Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

341 KONTURflex Light curtain Standard Cycle time 1) [μs] Output 2) Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Measuring 95 QUATTRO control device M12 connector 1 a 95 QUATTRO control device M12 connector 1 a 55 QUATTRO control device M12 connector 1 a 55 QUATTRO control device M12 connector 1 a Forked Options: 1 = UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) 1) Cycle time = (total number of beams + 3) x 5μs 2) The factory-set config. can be changed at a later time using the KONTURflexsoft config. software Type key Meas. field length M [mm] Part description: Beam spacing X [mm] Transmitter bar: KT X-M 8 16 Receiver bar: KR X-M Optical Sensor ABCs Light curtain Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection See Quattro control devices! Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective Ex () info@leuze.de 339 AS-interface

342 MEASURING LIGHT CURTAINS Part description Part No.: Description QUATTRO control devices for KONTURflex measuring light curtains QUATTRO - RSX 67 1 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 232/RS 485, connection via 5-pin built-in plug QUATTRO - RSX / M Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 232/RS 485, connection via 5-/8-pin M12 plug QUATTRO - DP 67 2 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 485/PROFIBUS DP, connection via 5-pin built-in plug QUATTRO - DP / KV 67 5 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 485/PROFIBUS DP, connection via 5-pin built-in plug with screwed cable gland QUATTRO - CANopen 67 4 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: CANopen, connection via 5-pin built-in plug A QUATTRO control device is absolutely necessary for operating the KONTURflex light curtains. Please include with your order. KONTURflexsoft configuration software available at no cost at. Accessories / connection cables: additional cable lengths available! We reserve the right to make changes KONTURflex_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a CB - M12-25S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 2.5m, shielded b CB - M12-5S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 5m, shielded c CB - M12-1S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 1m, shielded d K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 232 connection cable 5m, M12 axial e K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 485/U B connection cable 5m, M12 axial f K - CB - SUBP - 3 QUATTRO-PC diagnosis cable, 3m 34 VARIO B Page 33 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG KONTURflex Page 336

343 KONTURflex Light curtain Standard Output Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, f 1xPNP, configurable M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 a, b, c, d, e, f 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, f 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug with screwed cable gland 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 a, b, c, f 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 4, 6 a, b, c, f Optical Sensor ABCs Light curtain Page 49 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Configuration with KONTURflexsoft PC software 2 Integrated functions such as web-centre monitoring, hole recognition, etc. 3 Data transmission and configuration via MODBUS RTU protocol 4 Data transmission and configuration via PROFIBUS DP or CANopen 5 Integrated, connectable bus terminator Ex 6 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) () info@leuze.de 341 AS-interface

344 PROTECTIVE SINGLE BEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Output Protective throughbeam sensors (AOPD type 2) = Transmitter = Receiver SLSSR S SLSER8/66-S VDC 2Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 25B.8 - S SLSER 25B / 66 - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 25B.8 - S SLSER 25B / 66 - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 25B SLSER 25B / VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 25B.8, 2 - S SLSER 25B / 66, 2 - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 46B.8 - S SLSER 46B / 66 - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSSR 46B SLSER 46B / VDC 1Hz Red light 2xPush-pull/DC SLSR 95 / 2.8 SE - L SLSR 95 / 44 E - L VDC 2Hz Red light 2x PNP Dimensioned drawings see standard sensors: SLSR 8 on page 4, SLS 25B on page 58, SLS 46B on page 8, SLSR 95 on page 116. Additional information and products can be found in the Safety at work catalog from Leuze electronic. We reserve the right to make changes SLS_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12W-5P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC c ARH 46 Alignment aid for 46 Series sensors d ARH 96 Alignment aid for 96 Series sensors e SAT 5 cope, alignment control for all series f 5 67 US 1 Deflection mirror g US 2 Deflection mirror on mounting plate, can be turned by 9 SLS Page 342 SLS Page 344 SLS Page 346 TNT, MSI Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

345 AOPD Type 2 Protective sensors Standard Switching Connection Minimum object size Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Fibre Optic Light Curtains Protective Measuring M12 connector Ø 13mm 1, 2 b, e, f, g M8 connector Ø14mm 1, 3 a, c, e, f, g M12 connector Ø 14mm 1, 3 c, e, f, g Cable, 2m Ø14mm 1, 3 a, c, e, f, g Cable,.2m, with M12 connector Ø 14mm 1, 3 c, e, f, g M12 connector Ø22mm 1, 3 a, c, e, f, g Optical Sensor ABCs Protective sensors Page 412 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable, 2m Ø 22mm 1, 3 c, e, f, g Electrical connection M12 connector Ø13mm 1, 2 a, e, f, g The protective sensor is a contactless active protective device only in combination with a safety-relevant control system, in which the cyclical testing of transmitter and receiver is carried out according to EN , category 2 (testing). The power supply unit used to operate the photoelectric sensor has to be able to compensate for changes and interruptions of the supply voltage acc. to EN Options 1 Transmitter with activation input for testing and interlinking 2 UL approval 3 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 343 AS-interface

346 PROTECTIVE SINGLE BEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Output Protective throughbeam sensors (AOPD type 2) = Transmitter = Receiver SLSS 96 M T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP SLSS 96 M T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP SLSS 96 M T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP SLSS 96 M T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP SLSS 96 M T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 96 K 18 - T SLSE 96 K/P 17 - T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP SLSS 96 K 18 - T SLSE 96 K/P 17 - T VDC 5Hz Infrared light PNP Dimensioned drawings see standard sensors: SLS 96 on page 124. Additional information and products can also be found in the Safety at work catalog from Leuze electronic. We reserve the right to make changes SLS_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC d ARH 96 Alignment aid for 96 Series sensors e SAT 5 cope, alignment control for all series f 5 67 US 1 Deflection mirror g US 2 Deflection mirror on mounting plate, can be turned by 9 SLS Page 342 SLS Page 344 SLS Page 346 TNT, MSI Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

347 AOPD Type 2 Protective sensors Standard Switching Connection Minimum object size Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring Light M12 connector Ø 28mm 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g Light M12 connector Ø28mm 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g Light Terminals Ø 28mm 1, 3 d, e, f, g Light Terminals Ø28mm 1, 2, 3 d, e, f, g Light M12 connector Ø 28mm 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g Light Terminals Ø28mm 1, 3 d, e, f, g Optical Sensor ABCs Protective sensors Page 412 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Light M12 connector Ø 28mm 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g Electrical connection Light Terminals Ø28mm 1, 3 d, e, f, g Fibre Optic The protective sensor is a contactless active protective device only in combination with a safety-relevant control system, in which the cyclical testing of transmitter and receiver is carried out according to EN , category 2 (testing). The power supply unit used to operate the photoelectric sensor has to be able to compensate for changes and interruptions of the supply voltage acc. to EN Light Curtains Protective Options 1 Transmitter with activation input for testing and interlinking 2 Low-temperature version with optics heating 3 UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 345 AS-interface

348 PROTECTIVE SINGLE BEAM SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Operating voltage Switching frequency Light source Output Protective throughbeam sensors (AOPD type 2) = Transmitter = Receiver SLSS 96 K T SLSE 96 K/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 96 K T SLSE 96 K/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 96 K T SLSE 96 K/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 96 K T SLSE 96 K/P T VDC 5Hz Red light PNP SLSS 318 M - S SLSE 318 M/P - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2x PNP SLSS 318 K - S SLSE 318 K/P - S VDC 1Hz Red light 2x PNP SLSS 318 K SLSE 318 K/P VDC 1Hz Red light 2x PNP Dimensioned drawings see standard sensors: SLS 96 on page 124, SLS 318 on page 158. Additional information and products can be found in the Safety at work catalog from Leuze electronic. We reserve the right to make changes SLS_3_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC e ARH 96 Alignment aid for 96 Series sensors f SAT 5 cope, alignment control for all series g 5 67 US 1 Deflection mirror h US 2 Deflection mirror on mounting plate, can be turned by 9 SLS Page 342 SLS Page 344 SLS Page 346 TNT, MSI Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

349 AOPD Type 2 Protective sensors Standard Switching Connection Minimum object size Option Accessories Ultrasonic Fibre Optic Measuring Light M12 connector Ø 28mm 1, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h Light M12 connector Ø28mm 1, 2, 3 a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h Light Terminals Ø 28mm 1, 3 e, f, g, h Light Terminals Ø28mm 1, 2, 3 e, f, g, h Forked M12 connector Ø 13mm 1, 4 M12 connector Ø13mm 1, 4 a, b, c, d, f, g, h a, b, c, d, f, g, h Optical Sensor ABCs Protective sensors Page 412 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Cable, 2m Ø 13mm 1, 4 f, g, h Electrical connection The protective sensor is a contactless active protective device only in combination with a safety-relevant control system, in which the cyclical testing of transmitter and receiver is carried out according to EN , category 2 (testing). The power supply unit used to operate the photoelectric sensor has to be able to compensate for changes and interruptions of the supply voltage acc. to EN Light Curtains Options 1 Transmitter with activation input for testing and interlinking Protective 2 Filter for multi-axis operation 3 UL approval 4 UL approval (class 2 acc. to NEC) Ex () info@leuze.de 347 AS-interface

350 TEST MONITORING UNITS Part description Part No.: Feature Option Test monitoring units (type 2) TNT Relay output 1 Test evaluation units TMC Muting function 1 Safety interfaces (type 4) MSI - m / R Muting function, relay output MSI - me / R Muting function, relay output, UL/CSA, temperature range up to 6 C MSI - mx / Rx Extended muting function, relay output MSI - mxe / Rx Extended muting function, relay output, UL/CSA, temperature range up to 6 C We reserve the right to make changes SLS_4_GB.fm Dimensioned drawings and electrical connection at. Additional information and products can be found in the Safety at work catalog from Leuze electronic. SLS Page 342 SLS Page 344 SLS Page 346 TNT, MSI Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

351 TNT / TMC / MSI Safety interfaces Protective Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Standard Ultrasonic Measuring Optical Sensor ABCs Protective sensors Page 412 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Special Ex Electrical connection Options 1 UL approval () info@leuze.de 349 AS-interface

352 SENSORS FOR POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE AREAS Part description Part No.: Device category Operating range [m] Operating voltage Light source Output Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LS 92 / 3 SE - L Ex LS 92 / 3 E - L Ex G, 2D intrinsically safe VDC Infrared light NAMUR Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK92/3LEx G, 2D intrinsically safe VDC Red light NAMUR Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression FRK 92 / 3-3 L Ex G, 2D intrinsically safe VDC Infrared light NAMUR Isolated switching amplifier VS 43/N G, intrinsically safe NAMUR input VDC NPN VS 43/R G, intrinsically safe NAMUR input VDC Relay VS 43/R-AC G, intrinsically safe NAMUR input 12 23VAC Relay We reserve the right to make changes Ex_1_GB.fm Dimensioned drawing 92 Series at. Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a BK7KB Ex Connection cable 5mm for intrinsically safe circuits, blue, M12 angular, 4-pin b BK7 KB A Ex Connection cable 5mm for intrinsically safe circuits, blue, M12 axial, 4-pin Zone 1 Page 35 Zone 1 Page 352 Zone 2 Page 354 Zone 2 Page 356 Zone 2 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

353 Ex Zone 1, Zone 21 Standard Switching Connection Option Accessories Light Curtains Forked Special Ultrasonic Measuring Light M12 connector 1, 2 a, b Light M12 connector 1, 2 a, b Light M12 connector 1, 2 a, b Optical Sensor ABCs for potentially explosive areas Page 419 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 reversible Terminals 3, 4 Electrical connection reversible Terminals 3, 4 Fibre Optic reversible Terminals 3, 4 Options 1 Operation in combination with isolated switching amplifier VS 43 Protective 2 switching at isolated switching amplifier 3 Line fault detection Ex 4 Warning output for line fault/auxiliary power failure () info@leuze.de 351 AS-interface

354 SENSORS FOR POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE AREAS Part description Part No.: Device category Meas. range 1) [mm] Operating voltage Light source Light spot 2) Output Optical laser distance sensors ODSL 96B M/C6-2 Ex d G, 2D, flameproof enclosure VDC Red light laser, class 2 2x6mm 2 Analog/mA Push-pull/DC ODS 96 M/V Ex d G, 2D, flameproof enclosure VDC Red light laser, class 2 3x8mm 2 Analog/mA PNP 1) Luminosity coefficient 6 9%, over complete temperature range, measurement object 5x5mm² 2) At 2mm (ODSL 96B M/C6-2 ) or 12mm (ODS 96 M/V 551 ), respectively Dimensioned drawings at. We reserve the right to make changes Ex_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a BK7KB Ex Connection cable 5mm for intrinsically safe circuits, blue, M12 angular, 4-pin b BK7 KB A Ex Connection cable 5mm for intrinsically safe circuits, blue, M12 axial, 4-pin Zone 1 Page 35 Zone 1 Page 352 Zone 2 Page 354 Zone 2 Page 356 Zone 2 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

355 Ex Zone 1, Zone 21 Standard Switching Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Protective Ex Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Measuring Configurable Cable, 5m 1, 2, 3, 4 Configurable Cable, 5m 1, 4 Optical Sensor ABCs for potentially explosive areas Page 419 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Measurement range and measurement mode configurable via software 2 OLED display and key pad for configuration 3 Teach-in of switching output and analogue output 4 Teach-in of the switching points via teach input () info@leuze.de 353 AS-interface

356 SENSORS FOR POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE AREAS Part description Part No.: Device category Operating range [m] Operating voltage Light source Output Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSS 96 M Ex n LSE 96 M/P Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Infrared light PNP LSS 96 M - 18W - 73 Ex n LSE 96 M/A - 182W - 73 Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light AS-interface SLSS 96 M 18 - T2-24 Ex n SLSE 96 M/P 17 - T2-21 Ex n G, 3D Protection type na 5 1 3VDC Infrared light PNP Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRT96M/P Exn G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light PNP HRT96M/P Exn G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light PNP Dimensioned drawing 96 Series see standard sensors on page 124 or at. We reserve the right to make changes Ex_3_GB.fm Zone 1 Page 354 Zone 1 Page 352 Zone 2 Page 354 Zone 2 Page 356 Zone 2 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

357 Ex Zone 2, Zone 22 Standard Switching Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Protective Ex Light Curtains Fibre Optic Forked Measuring reversible Terminals 1 reversible Terminals 4 Light Terminals 3, 5 reversible reversible Terminals 1 Terminals 1, 2 Optical Sensor ABCs for potentially explosive areas Page 419 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Switching delay 3 Activation input 4 Receiver with AS-interface 5 Protective throughbeam sensor category 2 (testing) () info@leuze.de 355 AS-interface

358 SENSORS FOR POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE AREAS Part description Part No.: Device category Operating range [mm] Operating voltage Light source Output Retro-reflective photoelectric sensors with polarisation filter acc. to EN :25 and EN :24 PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light 2xPush-pull/DC PRK 96 M / P Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light PNP PRK 96 M / P Ex n G, 3D Protection type na 7 1 3VDC Red light 2x PNP Diffuse reflection light scanners with background suppression acc. to EN :25 and EN :24 HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Red light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n G, 3D Protection type na VDC Infrared light 2xPush-pull/DC We reserve the right to make changes Ex_4_GB.fm HRT 96 M / P Ex n G, 3D Protection type na Dimensioned drawings at. Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features 1 3VDC Red light Analog/V 2xpush-pull/DC More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a K-DM12W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC b K-DM12A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC c K-DM12W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC d K-DM12A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 8 22 Zone 1 Page 35 Zone 1 Page 352 Zone 2 Page 354 Zone 2 Page 356 Zone 2 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

359 Ex Zone 2, Zone 22 Standard Switching Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Measuring Cable.2m with M12 connector a, b, c, d Cable.2m with M12 connector a, b, c, d reversible Terminals 1 Terminals 1, 3, 6 Optical Sensor ABCs Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d for potentially explosive areas Page 419 Connection types Page 414 Outputs Page 414 Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 4 a, b, c, d Electrical connection Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Fibre Optic Cable.2m with M12 connector 1, 4, 5 a, b, c, d Terminals 2, 5 Light Curtains Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Adjustment of the switching points via teach buttons Protective 3 Autocollimation principle 4 Low-temperature version with optics heating 5 Shining surfaces 6 Transparent media Ex () info@leuze.de 357 AS-interface

360 SENSORS FOR POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE AREAS Part description Part No.: Device category Beam spacing A [mm] Meas. field length B [mm] 1) No. of beams Op. range [m] Light source KONTURflex Ex measuring light curtains = Transmitter = Receiver KT 1-32 ex KR 1-32 ex G, 3D Protection type na Infrared light 88nm KT 2-32 ex KR 2-32 ex G, 3D Protection type na Infrared light 88nm KT 4-32 ex KR 4-32 ex G, 3D Protection type na Infrared light 88nm QUATTRO control devices for KONTURflex measuring light curtains QUATTRO - RSX 67 1 QUATTRO - RSX / M QUATTRO - DP 67 2 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 485, connection via 5-pin built-in plug Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 485, connection via 5-/8-pin M12 plug Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: PROFIBUS DP, connection via 5-pin built-in plug QUATTRO - DP / KV 67 5 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: RS 485/PROFIBUS DP, connection via 5-pin built-in plug with screwed cable gland QUATTRO - CANopen 67 4 Control device for up to 4 KONTURflex light curtains, system interface: CANopen, connection via 5-pin built-in plug We reserve the right to make changes Ex_5_GB.fm 1) Optional meas. field lengths for beam spacing 1mm: 48mm (48 beams) / 64mm (64 beams) / 96mm (96 beams) 256mm (256 beams) beam spacing 2mm: 48mm (24 beams) / 64mm (32 beams) / 96mm (48 beams) 32mm (16 beams) beam spacing 4mm: 64mm (16 beams) / 96mm (24 beams) / 128mm (32 beams) 32mm (8 beams) 2) Cycle time = (total no. of beams + 3) x 5μs 3) The factory-set configuration can be changed at a later time using the KONTURflexsoft configuration software Configuration software KONTURflexsoft at. Accessories / connection cables Part No. Designation Features More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards a CB - M12-5S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 5m, shielded b K-DM12A-5P-5m-PVC QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 232 connection cable 5m, M12 axial c K-DM12A-8P-5m-PUR QUATTRO-RSX/M12 RS 485/U B -connection cable 5m, M12 axial d K - CB - SUBP - 3 QUATTRO-PC diagnosis cable, 3m Zone 1 Page 35 Zone 1 Page 352 Zone 2 Page 354 Zone 2 Page 356 Zone 2 Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

361 Ex Zone 2, Zone 22 Standard Cycle time 2) [μs] Output 3) Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Special Fibre Optic Forked Measuring 175 QUATTRO control device M12 connector a, b 95 QUATTRO control device M12 connector a, b 55 QUATTRO control device M12 connector a, b 1xPNP, configurable 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 3, 5 M12 connector 1, 2, 3, 5 c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs for potentially explosive areas Page 419 Light curtain Page 49 Connection types/outputs Page 414 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 4, 5 Electrical connection 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug with screwed cable gland 1, 2, 4, 5 1xPNP, configurable Built-in plug 1, 2, 4 A QUATTRO control device is absolutely necessary for operating the KONTURflex light curtains. Please include with your order. The QUATTRO control device must not be installed in potentially expl. areas! Dimensioned drawings KONTURflex and QUATTRO see light curtains on page 336. Accessories / connection cables: additional cable lengths available! Options 1 Configuration with KONTURflexsoft PC software Light Curtains Protective 2 Integrated functions such as web-centre monitoring, hole recognition, etc. 3 Data transmission and configuration via MODBUS RTU protocol 4 Data transmission and configuration via PROFIBUS DP or CANopen 5 Integrated, connectable bus terminator Ex () info@leuze.de 359 AS-interface

362 AS-INTERFACE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Operating voltage (acc. to AS-i spec.) Light source Output Throughbeam sensors = Transmitter = Receiver LSSR 8 / A.8 - S ILSER 8 / A - S V Red light AS-interface LSS 96 M - 18W LSE 96 M/ A - 182W V Red light AS-interface Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter IPRK 8 / A - S V Red light AS-interface IPRK 18 / A L V Red light AS-interface IPRK 18 / A.1 L V Red light AS-interface IPRK 18 / A - L V Red light AS-interface Dimensioned drawings see standard sensors: ILSR 8, IPRK 8 on page 4, IPRK 18 on page 52, LS 96 on page 124. We reserve the right to make changes AS-i_1_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a KB AW Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial/angular b KB AW Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial/angular c KB AW Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial/angular d AKB 1 Yellow AS-i ribbon cable e AKB 2 Black AS-i ribbon cable f AM 6 AS-i bus terminal for profile cable 36 AS-i Page 36 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

363 with AS-interface Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 4, 5, 6, 1, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 5, 6, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 5, 6, 1, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors Page 49 Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Page 49 AS-interface sensors Page 413 M12 connector 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 1, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Teach-in via rotary switch 3 Transparent media 4 Activation input (via AS-i) 5 Switching output with configurable light/dark switching (via AS-i) 6 Warning output (via AS-i) 7 Pulse stretching Protective 8 Contamination compensation (tracking function) 9 AS-interface slave address range: AS-interface slave address range: UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 361 AS-interface

364 AS-INTERFACE SENSORS Part description Part No.: Operating range [mm] Typ. op. range limit [mm] Operating voltage (acc. to AS-i spec.) Light source Output Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter PRK 95 / A L V Red light AS-interface PRK 96 M / A V Red light AS-interface Energetic diffuse reflection scanners IRTR8/A-8-S V Red light AS-interface Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression HRT 96 M / A V Red light AS-interface HRT 96 M / A V Infrared light AS-interface Dimensioned drawings see standard sensors: IRTR 8 on page 4, PRK 95 on page 116, PRK 96 and HRT 96 on page 124. We reserve the right to make changes AS-i_2_GB.fm Accessories / connection cables More accessories can be found from page 364 onwards Part No. Designation Features a KB AW Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial/angular b KB AW Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial/angular c KB AW Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial/angular d AKB 1 Yellow AS-i ribbon cable e AKB 2 Black AS-i ribbon cable f AM 6 AS-i bus terminal for profile cable 362 AS-i Page 36 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

365 with AS-interface Standard Connection Option Accessories Ultrasonic Forked Special Light Curtains Fibre Optic Measuring M12 connector 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 5, 6, 1, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f Optical Sensor ABCs Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression Page 41 AS-interface sensors Page 413 M12 connector 1, 4, 5, 9, 11 a, b, c, d, e, f Electrical connection Options 1 Sensitivity adjustment via potentiometer 2 Teach-in via rotary switch 3 Transparent media 4 Activation input (via AS-i) 5 Switching output with configurable light/dark switching (via AS-i) 6 Warning output (via AS-i) 7 Pulse stretching Protective 8 Contamination compensation (tracking function) 9 AS-interface slave address range: AS-interface slave address range: UL approval Ex () info@leuze.de 363 AS-interface

366 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Mounting systems for 3 Series BT Mounting bracket BT Retaining clip + 2 oval-head screws M3 x 16 BT 3B Mounting bracket + retaining clip + 2 oval-head screws M3 x 16 BT Adapter plate zur for alternate mounting of 3B Series sensors on 25.4mm hole spacing (Omron E3Z, Sick W1 ) SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_1_GB.fm Mounting systems for 8 Series BT BT Mounting bracket Mounting block for dovetail Mounting systems Page 364 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

367 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing Mounting systems for 8 Series Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BT 8 - C Blind hole top-hat rail for C-profile 15mm BT 8 - C35x7, Blind hole top-hat rail for C-profile 35mm BT 8 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 1mm or cheek BT 8 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek BT 8 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek, stainless steel model BT 8 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 14mm or cheek UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 1mm, jointed UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 12mm, jointed UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 14mm, jointed () info@leuze.de 365

368 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Mounting systems for 8 Series UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 1mm, double jointed UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 12mm, double jointed UMS D Dovetail mount with rod D = 14mm, double jointed UMS 8 - D Dovetail mount with rod D = 1mm, unjointed UMS 8 - D Dovetail mount with rod D = 12mm, unjointed UMS 8 - D Dovetail mount with rod D = 14mm, unjointed Other 8 Series accessories We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_2_GB.fm BT 8 - ARH SAT Mounting/alignment system for laser sensors cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors 366 Mounting systems Page 366 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

369 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing Other 8 Series accessories Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BL Pin diaphragm BL Slit diaphragm BS Control guard 18 Series BT Mounting bracket US deflection mirror A View turned by () info@leuze.de 367

370 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature 25(B) SERIES BT Mounting bracket UMS 25 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 1mm or cheek UMS 25 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek UMS 25 - D Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek, stainless steel model UMS D Through-hole mount for rod D = 14mm or cheek Other 25(B) Series accessories We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_3_GB.fm SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors 368 Mounting systems Page 368 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

371 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing 46B Series Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BT Mounting bracket BT Mounting system for rod D = 12mm, steel/ aluminium BT Mounting system for rod D = 12mm, stainless steel BT Mounting system for rod D = 14mm, steel/ aluminium Other 46B Series accessories ARH Alignment aid SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors () info@leuze.de 369

372 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature 95 Series BT Mounting bracket C UMS Mounting system BT Mounting device We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_4_GB.fm Other 95 Series accessories SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors Mounting systems Page 37 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

373 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing 96 Series Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BT Mounting bracket BT Mounting device BT Mounting bracket BT Through-hole mount for rod D = 1mm BT Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm A A UMS Universal mounting system () info@leuze.de 371

374 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Other 96 Series accessories ARH Laser alignment aid SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors 318 Series and 618 Series We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_5_GB.fm BT BT ARH Mounting bracket for M18 cylindrical devices Mounting/alignment system for laser sensors 372 Mounting systems Page 372 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

375 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing Other 318 Series accessories Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BL Slit diaphragm for 318 Series US Deflector attachment (open version) for diffuse reflection scanners US Deflector attachment (closed version) A Optical axis SAT cope - mechanical-optical alignment aid, suitable for throughbeam- and safety-throughbeam photoelectric sensors () info@leuze.de 373

376 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature ROD 4 ROD 4 - MS Mounting system / mounting plate Other accessories for ultrasonic forked sensors GSU 14B Extended carriage Replacement rail for standard design GSU 14B Extended carriage Extended guide rail for GSU 14B, 26mm long We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_6_GB.fm 374 Mounting systems Page 374 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

377 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing Mounting systems for contrast scanners Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BT 8 - D1 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 1mm or cheek BT 8 - D12 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek BT 8 - D14 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 14mm or cheek A A UMS Universal mounting system Other accessories for contrast scanners KRTG 2, KRTM 2 and colour scanner CRTM 2 OB 12 - KRT Optics 12mm OB 2 - KRT Optics 2mm OB 5 - KRT Optics 5mm WZ - OB - KRT Tool for changing objectives 1) Additional mounting systems can be found under mounting systems for 8 Series on page () info@leuze.de 375

378 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Mounting systems for luminescence scanners LRT 8 and LRT 44 BT 8 - D1 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 1mm or cheek BT 8 - D12 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 12mm or cheek BT 8 - D14 1) Through-hole mount for rod D = 14mm or cheek BT Mounting system for LRT 44, Mounting system for rod D = 12mm, steel/aluminium BT Mounting system for LRT 44, Mounting system for rod D = 14mm, steel/aluminium 1) Additional mounting systems can be found under mounting systems for 8 Series on page 364 Mounting systems for optical distance sensors, ultrasonic sensors, fibre optic amplifiers, protective sensors and AS-interface sensors can be found with the mounting accessories for the respective standard sensors. We reserve the right to make changes Befestigungen_7_GB.fm 376 Mounting systems Page 376 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

379 ACCESSORIES / MOUNTING SYSTEMS / OTHER Accessories Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Mounting systems/diaphragms for KONTURflex light curtains Feature Optical Sensor ABCs BT - S Mounting bracket A Swivel range ±8 BT - SSD 56 3 Swivelling bracket with vibration damper BT - Kflex Standard Standard mounting bracket (included in delivery contents) BT - Kflex long vers Mounting bracket with extended bracket BT - NC Sliding block KONTURflex-48 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 48mm KONTURflex-64 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 64mm KONTURflex-128 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 128mm KONTURflex-16 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 16mm KONTURflex-192 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 192mm KONTURflex-256 diaphragm profile Pin diaphragm for KONTURflex, measurement field length 256mm () info@leuze.de 377

380 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cables with M8 connector, 3-pin K-DM8A-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8W-3P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8A-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8W-3P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8A-3P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8W-3P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PVC K-DM8A-3P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PUR K-DM8W-3P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PUR We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_1_GB.fm K-DM8A-3P-5m-PUR K-DM8W-3P-5m-PUR K-DM8A-3P-1m-PUR K-DM8W-3P-1m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PUR Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PUR Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 3-pin, PUR Connection cable 1mm, M8 angular, 3-pin, PUR 378 Mounting systems Page 378 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

381 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Connection cables with M8 connector, 4-pin Feature Optical Sensor ABCs K-DM8A-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8W-4P-2m-PVC Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8A-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8W-4P-5m-PVC Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8A-4P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8W-4P-1m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC K-DM8A-4P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PUR K-DM8W-4P-2m-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PUR K-DM8A-4P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PUR K-DM8W-4P-5m-PUR Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PUR K-DM8A-4P-1m-PUR Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PUR K-DM8W-4P-1m-PUR Connection cable 1mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PUR () info@leuze.de 379

382 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cables with M8 connector, 4-pin, with integrated LEDs K-DM8W-4P-2m-DP-PUR K-DM8W-4P-5m-DP-PUR Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cables with M8 connector, 4-pin, for the food and beverage industries K-DM8A-4P-2m-FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version K-DM8W-4P-2m-FAB Connection cable 2mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version K-DM8A-4P-5m-FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version K-DM8W-4P-5m-FAB Connection cable 5mm, M8 angular, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_2_GB.fm K-DM8A-4P-1m-FAB Connection cable 1mm, M8 axial, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version 38 Mounting systems Page 38 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

383 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Connection cables with M12 connector, 3-pin Feature Optical Sensor ABCs K - D M12A - 3P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 3-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 3P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 3-pin, PVC K - D M12A - 3P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 3-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 3P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 3-pin, PVC () info@leuze.de 381

384 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cables with M12 connector, 4-pin K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm with Ultra-Lock fast connection, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm with Ultra-Lock fast connection, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm with Ultra-Lock fast connection, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm with Ultra-Lock fast connection, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_3_GB.fm K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC 382 Mounting systems Page 382 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

385 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Connection cables with M12 connector, 4-pin Feature Optical Sensor ABCs K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PUR Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PUR Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR () info@leuze.de 383

386 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cables with M12 connector, 4-pin, with integrated LEDs K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - DP - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - DP - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - DP - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PUR, 2 integrated LEDs (PNP) Connection cables with M12 connector, 4-pin, for the food and beverage industries We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_4_GB.fm K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 4-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version 384 Mounting systems Page 384 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

387 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Connection cables with M12 connector, 5-pin Feature Optical Sensor ABCs K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - PVC Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - PVC Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PUR K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PUR K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PUR K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PUR () info@leuze.de 385

388 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cables with M12 connector, 5-pin, for the food and beverage industries K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - FAB K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - FAB K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - FAB K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - FAB Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 2mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 5-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cable 5mm, M12 angular, 5-pin, PVC, Food & Beverage version Connection cables with M12 connector, 8-pin K - D M12A - 8P - 2m - PUR Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR K - D M12A - 8P - 5m - PUR Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_5_GB.fm Adapter cables with M8/M12 connector, 4-pin K - D M12A - 8P - 1m - PUR K-DSM8A-M12A-4P-,3m-PVC Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial, 8-pin, PUR Adapter line 3mm, axial M8 socket, axial M12 connector, 4-pin, PVC. Simple connection of sensors with M8 connectors to M12 connection technology possible. 386 Mounting systems Page 386 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

389 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Other connection cables Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs KB AW Connection cable 1mm, M12 axial/angular, 3-pin KB AW Connection cable 2mm, M12 axial/angular, 3-pin KB AW Connection cable 5mm, M12 axial/angular, 3-pin Connection cables ROD4 and ROD4plus KB - ROD Connection cable for ROD 4 5mm KB - ROD Connection cable for ROD 4 1mm KB - ROD4PC Connection cable between ROD 4 and PC 3mm KB - ROD4PC Connection cable between ROD 4 and PC 1mm KB - ROD4 - CP KB - ROD4 - CP Connection cable 5mm for ROD 4-3x, with configuration memory (Config-Plug) Connection cable 1mm for ROD 4-3x, with configuration memory (Config-Plug) KB - ROD4 plus Connection cable for ROD 4 plus 5mm KB - ROD4 plus Connection cable for ROD 4 plus 1mm KB - ET SA - RJ KB - ET SA - RJ Ethernet connection cable for ROD 4 plus 5mm, M12 axial D-coded to RJ45 Ethernet connection cable for ROD 4 plus 1mm, M12 axial D-coded to RJ () info@leuze.de 387

390 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Contact assignment Part description Part No.: Feature Connection cable for KONTURflex light curtains CB-M12-1S-5GF/GM CB-M12-25S-5GF/GM CB-M12-5S-5GF/GM CB - M12-1S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-15S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-2S - 5GF/GM QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 1m, shielded QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 2.5m, shielded QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 5m, shielded QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 1m, shielded QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 15m, shielded QUATTRO-KT/KR connection cable, length 2m, shielded We reserve the right to make changes Anschlusstechnik_6_GB.fm 388 Mounting systems Page 388 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

391 ACCESSORIES / CONNECTION TECHNOLOGY Accessories Contact assignment Cable connectors, user-configurable Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs DM8A-3P-SK Cable plug, M8 axial, 3-pin, insulation displacement connections, user-configurable DM8A-4P-SK Cable plug, M8 axial, 4-pin, insulation displacement connections, user-configurable KD Cable socket, M12 angular, 4-pin, user-configurable KD 95-4A Cable plug, M12 axial, 4-pin, user-configurable KS 95-4A Cable plug, M12 axial, 4-pin, user-configurable KD Cable socket, M12 angular, 5-pin, user-configurable KD 95-5A Cable plug, M12 axial, 5-pin, user-configurable KD 95-5A - PG Cable plug, M12 axial, 5-pin, user-configurable, with PG9 screwed cable gland KD - ROD4 - X1 - Set Connector X1 for ROD 4, 15-pin KD - ROD4 - X2 - Set Connector X2 for ROD 4, 9-pin () info@leuze.de 389

392 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Plastic reflectors, rectangular TKS 1 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 2 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 3 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 3 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 4 x Screw type We reserve the right to make changes Reflektoren_1_GB.fm TKS 5 x TKS 5 x Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C 39 Mounting systems Page 364 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

393 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Accessories Dimensioned drawing Plastic reflectors, rectangular Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs TKS 5 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 1 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 3 x Screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 3 x Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 2 x Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 5 x Adhesive, screw type with ET 45-1 Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 1 x Adhesive, screw type with ET 45-1 Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C () info@leuze.de 391

394 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Plastic reflectors, rectangular TK 4 x Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C Plastic reflectors, rectangular, self-adhesive TKA 3 x Self-adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -4 C +7 C TKA 3 x Self-adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -4 C +7 C We reserve the right to make changes Reflektoren_2_GB.fm Plastic reflectors, rectangular, for use in the pharmaceutical industry TKS 2 x 4.P TKS 4 x 6.P Screw type, resistant to cleaning with alcohol and hydrogen peroxide Temperature range -4 C +6 C Screw type, resistant to cleaning with alcohol and hydrogen peroxide Temperature range -4 C +6 C 392 Mounting systems Page 364 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

395 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Accessories Dimensioned drawing Plastic reflectors, round Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs TK 2.1 1) Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 2.2 1) Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK ) Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TKS 25 1) Screw type, threaded bolt Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK ) Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK ) Adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK 6 1) Adhesive, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C () info@leuze.de 393

396 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Plastic reflectors TK Screw type, convex surface, (dimensional tolerance for all specified dimensions: ±.2 mm) Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C TK Screw type, flat surface, (dimensional tolerance for all specified dimensions: ±.2 mm) Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C Plastic reflectors, round, for use in the pharmaceutical industry TK 1.P Adhesive, resistant to cleaning with alcohol and hydrogen peroxide Temperature range -4 C +6 C TKS 2.P Screw type, resistant to cleaning with alcohol and hydrogen peroxide We reserve the right to make changes Reflektoren_3_GB.fm Plastic reflectors with micro triple structure, round MTK Temperature range -4 C +6 C Micro triple, adhesive Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C 394 Mounting systems Page 364 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

397 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Accessories Dimensioned drawing Plastic reflectors with micro triple structure, rectangular Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs MTKS 14 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 2 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 2 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 2 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 3 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 4 x Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C MTKS 5 x Micro triple, screw type Plastic PMMA 8N Temperature range -2 C +8 C () info@leuze.de 395

398 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Plastic reflectors with micro triple structure, for use in the pharmaceutical industry MTKS 14 x 23.P Micro triple, screw type resistant to cleaning with alcohol and hydrogen peroxide Temperature range -4 C +6 C Heatable plastic reflectors HTK Screw type, 23VAC, cable length 2m, Cable cross-section 2x.75mm 2 Power consumption 3.4W Temperature range -2 C +8 C HTK V 5 69 Screw type, 115VAC, cable length 2m, Cable cross-section 2x.75mm 2 Power consumption 2.W Temperature range -2 C +8 C HTK 82-24V 5 71 Screw type, 24VAC/DC, cable length 2m, cable cross-section 2x.75mm 2 We reserve the right to make changes Reflektoren_4_GB.fm Cooperative Targets for Optical Laser Distance ODSL 3 CTS 1 x Power consumption 2.8W Temperature range -2 C +8 C Screw type, diffuse target reflection approx. 9%, ceramics on galvanised sheet steel, for ODSL 3 measurement modes with object reflectivity of 396 Mounting systems Page 364 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

399 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Accessories Dimensioned drawing Glass reflectors, round Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs TG Adhesive, pressable Temperature range -2 C +12 C TG Threaded bolt Temperature range -2 C +12 C TG Threaded bolt Temperature range -2 C +12 C TG Threaded bolt Temperature range -2 C +12 C () info@leuze.de 397

400 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Dimensioned drawing Part description Part No.: Feature Reflective tape no. 4, self-adhesive, direction-independent adhesive mounting Refl. tape No. 4 / 2 x 2 mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 25 x 1 mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 5 x 5 mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 5 x 1 mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 1 x 1mm Refl. tape No.4 / xmm x 1mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 92 x 749mm Refl. tape No. 4 / 25mm roll For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, temperature range -4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, length 22.8m, temperature range - 4 C +8 C We reserve the right to make changes Reflektoren_5_GB.fm Refl. tape No. 4 / 5mm roll Refl. tape No. 4 / 1mm roll For polarised retro-reflective sensors, length 22.8m, temperature range - 4 C +8 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, length 45.7m, temperature range - 4 C +8 C Reflective tape no. 6, self-adhesive, maximum return-beam power and homogeneity, adhesive mounting is not directionindependent (side edge of sensor must be aligned parallel to foil edge) Refl. tape No. 6 / 25 x 25 mm Refl. tape No. 6 / 5 x 5 mm For polarised retro-reflective sensors, PMMA, temperature range -4 C +7 C For polarised retro-reflective sensors, PMMA, temperature range -4 C +7 C 398 Mounting systems Page 364 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39

401 ACCESSORIES / REFLECTORS Accessories Dimensioned drawing Mounting systems for reflectors Part description Part No.: Feature Optical Sensor ABCs UMS Rod mount with reflector TK 82 for rod D=1mm 16mm BT BT BT Mounting system for 46 series, LRT 44 and reflectors TKS 2x4, MTKS 2x4.1, TK 6, dia. = 12mm, Material: steel/aluminium Mounting system for 46 series, LRT 44 and reflectors TKS 2x4, MTKS 2x4.1, TK 6, dia. = 12mm, Material: stainless steel Mounting system for 46 series, LRT 44 and reflectors TKS 2x4, MTKS 2x4.1, TK 6, dia. = 14mm, Material: steel/aluminium Through-hole mounts for rods D = 12mm or D = 14mm, clamp-mounting on cheeks/sheet metal BT Mounting bracket for 46 series and reflectors MTKS 2x2, (M)TKS 3x5, TKS 3x6, (M)TKS 4x6, (M)TKS 5x5, TK 82.2 BT BT Mounting system for reflectors TKS 2x4, TKS 3x5, TKS 3x6, TKS 5x5, MTKS 5x5 Mounting on rod D = 1mm Mounting system for reflectors TKS 2x4, TKS 3x5, TKS 3x6, TKS 5x5, MTKS 5x5 Mounting on rod D = 12mm UMS D Through-hole mount for rod D = 14mm or cheek, for selfadhesive reflector TKA 3x () info@leuze.de 399

402 REFLECTOR SELECTION 3B SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TKS 4 x 6 MTKS 2 x 4.1 TKS 2 x 4 MTKS 2 x 3 Tape 4 5 x 5 RKR 3B / PRK 3B / 6.7 PRK 3B / PRK 3B / PRKL 3B / REFLECTOR SELECTION 8 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 We reserve the right to make changes Reflektorauswahl_1_GB.fm PRK 8 / 44 PRK 8 / 66 PRK 8 / S12 PRK 8 / S12 PRK 8 / S Additional reflectors and the dimensioned drawings for the reflectors can be found from page 39 onwards. Mounting systems Page 364 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page 39 4 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

403 REFLECTOR SELECTION 18 SERIES Accessories Retro-reflective sensor Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 Optical Sensor ABCs RK(R) 18 / 4 DL PRK 18 / 4 DL.4 PRK 18 / 2 DL RKR18/4 PRK18/ PRK 18 / 24 DL IPRK 18 / 4 DL REFLECTOR SELECTION 25 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 TK 82.2 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 PRK 25 / PRK 25 / REFLECTOR SELECTION 25B SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TKS 4 x 6 TKS 2 x 4 MTKS 2 x 2 Tape 4 5 x 5 (I)PRK 25B / 4 PRK 25B / PRK 25B / PRKL 25B / () info@leuze.de 41

404 REFLECTOR SELECTION 46B SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 TKS 5 x 5 TKS 4 x 6 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 5 x 5 IPRK 46B / 4 - S12 PRK 46B / 44 - S12 PRK 46B / 6, 2 - S12 PRK 46B / 66 - S12 PRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S12 PRK 46B / 7D - S PRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / 4D.2 - S12 IPRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / S12 PRK 46B / 66.2, 2 - S REFLECTOR SELECTION 53 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] We reserve the right to make changes Reflektorauswahl_2_GB.fm Type RKR 53 / 6.42 PRK 53 / 6.22 PRKL 53 / 6.22 with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x MTKS 5 x 5 TKS 4 x 6 MTKS 2 x TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 5 x Mounting systems Page 364 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

405 REFLECTOR SELECTION 55 SERIES Accessories Retro-reflective sensor Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] MTKS 5 x 5 TKS 4 x 6 MTKS 2 x 4.1 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 5 x 5 Optical Sensor ABCs RKR 55 / PRK 55 / PRK 55 / PRKL 55 / REFLECTOR SELECTION 95 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 Tape 4 1 x 1 PRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 4.8 L.2 IPRK 95 / 44 L PRK 95 / 22 L.4 PRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 44 L Additional reflectors and the dimensioned drawings for the reflectors can be found from page 39 onwards () info@leuze.de 43

406 REFLECTOR SELECTION 96 SERIES / DC Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 TK 82 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 RK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK96M/N PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/N PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P We reserve the right to make changes Reflektorauswahl_3_GB.fm PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P TK(S) 5 x 5: Mounting systems Page 364 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

407 REFLECTOR SELECTION 96 SERIES / AC-DC Accessories Retro-reflective sensor Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] TK 82 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 Optical Sensor ABCs RK 96 K/R PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R TK(S) 5 x 5: PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R Additional reflectors and the dimensioned drawings for the reflectors can be found from page 39 onwards () info@leuze.de 45

408 REFLECTOR SELECTION 318 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 RK 318 M/ - S12 RK 318 M/ RK 318 K/ - S12 RK 318 K/ RK 318 WM/ - S12 RK 318 WM/ RK 318 WK/ - S12 RK 318 WK/ PRK 318 M/ - S12 PRK 318 M/ PRK 318 K/ - S12 PRK 318 K/ PRK 318 WM/ - S12 PRK 318 WM/ PRK 318 WK/ - S12 PRK 318 WK/ We reserve the right to make changes Reflektorauswahl_4_GB.fm Mounting systems Page 364 Connection technology Page 378 Reflectors Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

409 REFLECTOR SELECTION 412 SERIES Accessories Retro-reflective sensor Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 Optical Sensor ABCs PRK 412 M/P - S12 PRK 412 M/P REFLECTOR SELECTION 618 SERIES Retro-reflective sensor Operating range [m] Typ. op. range limit [m] Type with reflector TK 1 x 1 TKS 1 x 1 MTKS 5 x 5 TK 3 x 5 TKS 3 x 5 TKS 2 x 4 Tape 4 1 x 1 PRK 618 / 4 - S Additional reflectors and the dimensioned drawings for the reflectors can be found from page 39 onwards () info@leuze.de 47

410 Optical Sensor ABCs Introduction The optical sensor ABC shall assist you in selecting the right sensor. You will find here explanations on the different optical sensor types, the additional functions and a lot of information for the practitioner. Optical sensor types The wide variety of photoelectric sensors with their varying function characteristics solves almost every "detection problem". The following explanations shall assist you in making the right selection for the corresponding application. The following symbols are used for easy selection of the different optical sensors. Throughbeam sensors Protective throughbeam sensors Forked sensors Retro-reflective sensors Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter LS SLS GS RK PRK Diffuse reflection scanners energetic RK RT We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression with fading Light curtains Optical distance sensors Ultrasonic distance sensors Contrast scanners Colour sensors Luminescence scanners FRK HRT RTF VT, VR KT, KR ODS HRTU VRTU KRT CRT LRT 48 Fibre optic control devices Glass fibre optics Plastic fibre optics Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG LVS GF KF

411 OPERATING PRINCIPLES Accessories Throughbeam sensors Light curtains Retro-reflective sensors Optical Sensor ABCs Throughbeam sensors consist of transmitter and receiver, which are contained in separate housings. The beam of the transmitter travels the whole light path only once, therefore, long operating ranges are possible when using throughbeam sensors. If choosing the correct device, throughbeam sensors are especially suited for applications under difficult conditions, e.g. if heavy contamination occurs or out in the open. The installation is more extensive than with retro-reflective sensors as both the transmitter and the receiver must be electrically wired. Forked sensors also belong to the group of throughbeam sensors. Because both transmitter and receiver are integrated in the "fork", an alignment of the optical axis is not necessary. Light curtains also function according to the principle of the throughbeam photoelectric sensors. In this case, the transmitter and receiver consist of multiple elements which are positioned in a specific beam-spacing grid and which are secured in aluminium profiles. These elements are cyclically controlled one after another and analysed. The switching light curtains are typically used if the objects to be detected have various dimensions or shapes or the point of incidence in the horizontal plane cannot be predicted. Measuring light curtains are another variant. These facilitate a cyclical analysis with beam precision, and can thus be used to detect 2- or 3-dimensional contours. With retro-reflective sensors, the transmitter and receiver are combined in one housing. The beam of the transmitter meets the reflector and is redirected to the receiver of the sensor. The electrical wiring is therefore only required on one end of the light path. Retro-reflective sensors with polarisation filter Highly reflective objects, such as mirror-like metal parts could cause switching errors if using standard sensors. If retro-reflective sensors work with polarised light, those problems are avoided. The polarised light of the transmitter meets the reflector, which "rotates" the plane of polarisation by 9. The receiver recognises only this light from the reflector. The receiver is not tricked by "false" light reflected directly by the object because its plane of polarisation was not changed. Tr Light beam R Operating range With throughbeam sensors, the beam of the transmitter travels the whole light path only once. Reflector Receiver Polarisation filter Rotated 9 R Tr Light beam Light beam Polarised Retro-reflector Operating range Retro-reflective sensor: transmitter and receiver are located in one housing. The reflector returns the transmitted light to the receiver. Transmitter All planes Retro-reflective sensor with polarised optics, the receiver only recognises the light rotated 9 by the reflector. +49 () info@leuze.de 49

412 OPERATING PRINCIPLES Energetic diffuse reflection scanners Diffuse reflection light scanners with fading Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm With diffuse reflection scanners, as well as with retro-reflective sensors, transmitter and receiver are located in one housing. The transmitter's beam however, is returned by the surface to be scanned itself. The scanning range of such a sensor is depending on its performance abilities and the reflection properties of the scanned surface. An energetic diffuse reflection scanner can detect a bright, reflective surface over a greater distance than it can detect a dark, poorly reflective one. When choosing a device, the user should be aware of the fact that the scanning range as mentioned in the data sheet refers to the maximum possible working range based on white paper. Diffuse reflection scanners are used primarily where neither a receiver nor a transmitter can be mounted. Another application area for diffuse reflection scanners is the detection of objects with different reflective properties, e.g. dark print-marks on light background. R Tr Diffuse reflection Scanning range For diffuse reflection light scanners with fading, background suppression is achieved through the use of a mechanical diaphragm in front of the receiving element. Aside from this, the functionality corresponds to that of the energetic diffuse reflection light scanner. The scanner is set to the respective scanning plane electronically. The distance between the object to be detected and the background which is to be suppressed must be large enough to ensure reliable object detection. The background should not change with respect to distance and diffuse reflection. The black/white behaviour is somewhere between that of the energetic diffuse reflection light scanner and that of the light scanner with background suppression. The preferred areas of use for the diffuse reflection light scanner with fading are in storage/materials handling applications for the detection of storage and transport containers on conveyor belts and in packaging technology applications. Scanned object Close Remo The construction of diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression uses multiple receiver elements and thus takes into account the relation between transmitter and receiver elements. The geometric relation created makes these sensors less susceptible to varying object and background colours. The scanner is set to the respective scanning plane electronically or mechanically and then recognises only objects in front of this scanning plane. Even the smallest objects < 1mm can be reliably detected through the use of laser transmitter diodes. When using diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression, the mounting position has to be taken into consideration. Moving and shining objects in the background can cause interference. This interference can be minimised by mounting the sensors in an inclined position. Scanned object Movement direction 41 Energetic diffuse reflection scanner: the transmitted light is directly reflected from the surface. Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression

413 MEASURING SENSORS / SPECIAL SENSORS Accessories Optical distance sensors Contrast scanners Luminescence scanners Optical Sensor ABCs These sensors function with red, infrared or laser light. Through the use of various receiving elements, such as CCD lines or a PSD element, the performance of the sensor can be adapted to the application or the given requirements. With these devices, various measurement techniques are used for distance determination. These include, among others: triangulation, phase measurement and the pulse propagation time technique. The accuracy of the measurement result is almost completely independent of differences in object colour. All systems can be adapted to a given application using configuration software. The switching signals or distances are made available via digital, analog or serial outputs of the machine controller. Connection to a fieldbus system is also possible. Ultrasonic distance sensors With these sensors, acoustic waves are transmitted and are reflected by the objects which are to be detected. The propagation time of the acoustic waves reflected back to the sensor is measured and the distance to the object calculated. This physical principle is particularly well suited for the detection of fluid-, powder-, and transparent media. The switching signals and distance information are available via digital or analog outputs. Applicationspecific parameters can be set directly on the sensor using programming software. Contrast scanners are high-resolution, energetic diffuse reflection scanners which differentiate between objects and/or object colours by grey values. This means that the brightness and shininess of the object or object colour strongly affect the measurement result. Contrast scanners have focusing optics and a special light-spot geometry. In order to detect slight variations in grey value, the distance to the object must not change. The resolution decreases with increasing scanning range. If different object colours are illuminated with the same transmitter colour, these may return the same grey value. In this case, positive differentiation is not possible. To avoid this, various, automatically switching transmitter colours are used. With these characteristics, it is possible to, for example, detect any markings on any background. Colour sensors Colour sensors are diffuse reflection scanners which break down object colours into their different spectral components using a special combination of transmitter light. The different spectral composition of the received light is analysed by the sensor and compared with values stored previously in the sensor. If all spectral components match, the colour is considered detected. This process can be used for opaque as well as transparent objects. For shiny objects, the sensor must be oriented at an angle of 1 15 to the object. Luminescence scanners are energetic diffuse reflection scanners which illuminate luminescing materials by means of their special UV transmission light. The resulting visible light is detected by the luminescence sensor. Some of these luminescent materials are invisible and are available in a variety of solid and fluid forms. These can be used to make markings which are invisible under normal lighting conditions. Fibre optic control devices A speciality of modern optical electronics are fibre optic sensors. The complete functionality of the photoelectric sensor is located in one controlling device. This determines the electrical key data of the system. The special thing about fibre optic control devices is that the light of the transmitter element is transported to the place to be scanned and back to the receiver element (both in the control unit) through the fibre optics. The transporting effect of the light is based on a total reflection. This happens always when light comes in contact with a medium having a lower optical density than the medium in which it is travelling. In a cylindrical fibre, the light undergoes total reflection as it is reflected back and forth. As a result, the light can follow the bends of the curved fibre optics. Fibre optics made of glass as well as plastic are available, functioning on the throughbeam and scanning principle. Depending on the application requirements and the environmental conditions at the place of application, a selection from the extensive range of products should be made. +49 () info@leuze.de 411

414 OPTIONS Mini sensors The mini sensors are well suited for installation locations with limited space. These are commonly known as "conventional", photoelectric sensors without amplifiers in miniature format. Their small construction and the extremely small bending radius of the connection cables facilitate installation even in places which are difficult to access. Through the possibility to choose from a number of amplifiers of different sizes and functions, adaptation to any kind of application is especially easy. Optical sensors with additional functionality Today, optical sensors can do much more than just detect objects. The advances in electronics and microelectronics have also left their footprints in photoelectric sensor technology. As a result the sensors have become "intelligent" and offer numerous useful options. These functions simplify sensor use and have created entirely new application possibilities. Protective sensors Depending on the safety requirements, two different categories are possible: - Contactless active protective device with testing function: Category 2. On these systems, the functional safety is checked through cyclically reoccurring, external testing pulses. - Contactless active protective device with self-monitoring: Category 4 On these systems, the functional safety is permanently checked through self-monitoring. It is the responsibility of the machine manufacturer and/or user to determine with which standard the respective application is to be measured. Automatic contamination control: autocontrol Though optical sensors function reliably, they are not immune to damage, misalignment or contamination of their optics. Monitoring circuits protect against such "accidents" by warning the user in good time. Such a warning signal has many advantages in practical life. It indicates interference before an error can occur. Therefore, precise maintenance work is possible; unnecessary procedures are avoided. It is possible to differentiate between two operating principles: time dependent and counting. With time-dependent monitoring, an integrated monitoring circuit measures the time the signal spends in the critical brightness range and triggers the warning signal as required. This time-dependent method, however, is only suitable for static applications. Dynamic processes can cause "false" error messages. For this purpose, a testing circuit, which works on a counting basis is better suited. The patented autocontrol testing circuit monitors the input pulse and detects possible impairment by counting the reduced incoming signals. If the incoming light signal is at a reduced level for three consecutive switching cycles, this critical function status is evaluated as a negative trend and the warning signal output is activated. At this point in time, the switching function of the optical sensor is not yet impaired. Therefore, targeted maintenance measures can be taken before a complete system failure occurs. If the signal is within limits again, the warning output is reset automatically. During short-term interference, this means if the light reception is reduced less than three times, the warning output is not activated. We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm A contactless active protective device (AOPD) is designed for machines with possible risk of injury. It offers protection by telling the machine to move into a safe operating state before a person can get into a dangerous situation. To choose the right protective device, the following has to observed: - the possible state of injury - the duration of time spent by a person in the hazardous area - the possibility to prevent dangers Input signal Warning output Switching output After 3 switches in the critical range: warning output active good critical off 412 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Counting operating principle (autocontrol)

415 EQUIPMENT Accessories AS interface The AS-interface is an optimised bus system for the lowest field level of the automation technology Aim of the AS-interface is the cost saving connection of binary sensors and actuators to a primary controller. Voltage supply and data exchange pass through the same (unshielded) twowire connection. Bus-compatible sensors with integrated AS-i chip can be connected directly to the bus; connection of common sensors is possible through so-called coupling modules. The tree structure of the AS-i bus system as well as the technical key features enable a considerable reduction of expenditures during wiring and installation. The AS-interface is therefore a future-oriented alternative to standard parallel wiring. Housing Photoelectric sensors are located in either a robust plastic or metal housing. Especially under rough operating conditions, the use of metal-type devices which offer special protection against mechanical and chemical influences is recommended. Optics The light outlet surface of a photoelectric sensor is, depending on the model, made of plastic or glass. Covers or optics made of hard glass fulfil the highest requirements. They are resistant against detergents, chemicals and scratching. To increase the effectiveness of the optics and to reduce the effects of possible contamination, glass as well as plastic optics have the largest possible surface area. Diaphragms In order to detect small objects over great distances, appropriate pin or slit diaphragms, which are fitted on the transmitter and receiver, are offered for some throughbeam sensors. As a result e.g. drilling bits can be safely detected even at a distance of several meters. The size of the diaphragm is dependent on the size of the object and the required range. IP protection classes In order to make the protection of housings against foreign objects and water comparable, the protection classes have been defined in DIN 45. The first digit refers to the protection against foreign objects, the second to water protection. Almost every sensor is dustproof and protected against immersion. Optical Sensor ABCs Power supply AS-i Master PLC with AS-i chip without AS-i chip without AS-i chip Coupling module 1 st digit Contact protection and 2 nd digit Water protection foreign object protection No special protection No special protection 1 Against large foreign objects, dia. >5mm 2 Against medium foreign objects, dia. >12mm 3 Against small foreign objects, dia. > 2.5mm 4 Against corn-formed foreign objects, dia. > 1mm 1 Against vertically falling water drops 2 Against angled falling water drops (up to 15 from vertical) 3 Against sprayed water (up to 6 from the vertical) 4 Against splashed water from all directions 5 Dust protected; dust deposits permitted but not in 5 Against water jets from a nozzle from all directions quantities which interfere with the function of the device 6 Dust proof 6 Against flooding 7 Against dipping 8 Against submerging 9K For high-pressure / steam-jet cleaning IP Protection classes acc. to IEC 529 and/or DIN 45 AS-interface: bus coupling +49 () info@leuze.de 413

416 EQUIPMENT Connection types There are three common types of connection for optical electronic sensors: plug, cable or terminals. The three different possibilities can be easily identified in the connection illustrations of the individual devices. Devices with this connection diagram are connectable via plugs. Ready-made connection cables with fitting connectors are available for almost every sensor. These devices have a cable connection, usually with a 2m cable. Special cable lengths are available upon request. Outputs Optical electronic sensors are most commonly offered with relay or transistor output. Relay outputs with changeover contacts are the most universal, however, they also have their disadvantages: relays require a large amount of space, their time delays cannot be accepted in every application, and, due to their moving parts, their operating life is limited. The user can choose between NPN, PNP and push-pull type transistor outputs. It is therefore optimally compatible with the respective control system to be connected. PNP transistor outputs The PNP transistor output is a highimpedance switching output with open collector. It switches positive potential to the connected load. Indicated in connection drawing by: Push-pull transistor output This type of transistor output has a low impedance and is immune to interference (push-pull technology). The outputs can be used in connection with both, PNP and NPN control systems. Symmetric response behaviour is a further advantage. Push-pull outputs must not be connected in parallel. Indicated in connection drawing by: Short-circuit protection Transistor outputs are usually short-circuit proof. This is achieved by monitoring the output current and, should it exceed a certain level, cutting off the supply to the transistor. The information on the maximum current given on the data sheet have to be observed despite the short-circuit protection. We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm Devices with this connection diagram are equipped with screw terminals. Cables are fed through screw fittings. Switching delay Photoelectric sensors or amplifiers with integrated switching delay work with slow operation and/or slow release. Slow operation is used if short events need to be suppressed. Slow release prolongs the duration of the output signals which is often necessary for control purposes. NPN transistor outputs The NPN transistor output is a highimpedance switching output with open collector. It switches GND to the connected load. Indicated in connection drawing by: 414 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

417 OPTICAL LASER SENSORS Accessories with laser transmitter Laser safety classes Laser-specific regulations are included in the European Standard EN Safety of Laser Devices (corresponds to IEC ). The products are divided into danger classes according to the intensity of the laser radiation. Class 1: The accessible laser radiation is not dangerous - integrated safety by means of constructive measures such as laser power monitoring. Class 1M: Same as class 1, however the use of optical instruments may pose a threat. Class 2: Due to low transmitting power, the accessible laser radiation is usually not dangerous. Natural reflex reaction (eyelid closure) is usually adequate eye protection. Avoid prolonged, direct eye exposure to the beam, however. Class 2M: Same as class 2, however the use of optical instruments may pose a threat. Class 3R: Looking directly into the laser beam with optical aides, such as a telescope or magnifying glass, may be dangerous. Class 3B: Looking directly into the beam is dangerous Class 4: High laser power - even diffuse reflection may be dangerous, e.g. for skin and eyes. Laser security For the use of laser products of Leuze electronic, the standard IEC applies: Do not stare into the beam - not even with optical instruments. In connection with visible beams, eyeprotection is usually guaranteed through the eye lid closing reflex. The standard prescribes that the laser beam path should be closed at the end of its purpose-oriented way, where this is practically and responsibly possible. Do not point the laser at people (head level). Optical Sensor ABCs (LASER = Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) Laser diodes as sensor light source enable the realisation of higher operating and scanning ranges with small beam geometries. Red light laser diodes offer the advantage of fast function control and alignment. The beam output is expressed by the laser class. On sensors of the laser class 1 or 2, no additional protective measures are specified. Application of laser optical sensors All laser sensors work with small light spots. Through this, a corresponding object resolution and exact positioning is achieved. In order to use these advantages, throughbeam and retro-reflective sensors are equipped with a mechanical focus adjustment (collimator). Through this, the light spot can be optimally adjusted to the application over the complete working distance. CDRH Laser products which are imported into the USA are to be specified by the manufacturer to the CDRH (Center for Devices and Radiological Health), a branch of the FDA. Verification of conformity with the applicable US rules for laser products (21 CFR 14.1 and, if applicable, including the applicable laser notices, issued by the CDRH) is to be documented and an appropriate certification attached to the products. Products with the CDRH certification in the catalog or to which the certification label has been attached fulfil the specified rules. +49 () info@leuze.de 415

418 APPLICATION We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm Parallel and serial connection A direct logical linking is possible on optical sensors with PNP or NPN transistor outputs. Through internal protective circuits, up to ten sensors with equal output potential (PNP or NPN) can be connected to a parallel circuit. This can be useful for, among other things, collective messages (e.g. from warning outputs). An activation input is needed in order to connect several sensors in series. That means that, for example, the PNP output of the first device has to be connected to a "positively" activated input of the second device etc. Both parallel and serial connection can be performed directly on the devices with PNP or NPN transistor outputs. This reduces wiring requirements and PLC capacity in the form of inputs and outputs. Parallel connection of optical sensors with push-pull transistor output is not permitted. Alignment of optical sensors The optimal alignment is absolutely required for fault-free function characteristics. With throughbeam sensors, the transmitted beam should meet the receiver's optics as centrally as possible. For this purpose, the light beam is to be corner-cut from all four directions, e.g. with a piece of cardboard. Parallel connection Series connection When optimally aligned, the receiver switches with symmetric shadowing. In connection to large ranges, a laser alignment device simplifies the adjustment. For some devices, special alignment and mounting parts with threepoint adjustment are available. There are two possibilities for adjusting a retro-reflective sensor: the user can cover all four sides of the reflector with an object until the sensor output switches. The forward switching points are symmetric if the alignment is optimal. The second possibility involves covering the outer area of the reflector with non-reflective material, then aligning the sensor (the material is removed upon conclusion of the procedure). When mounting the reflector, it is essential to observe that it is fixed at right angles towards the light axis. However, variations of up to 15 are unproblematic. with red light LED or red light lasers offer simple function control and in addition to that fast and simple alignment. Operating range Describes the range which should not be exceeded during practical use of the sensor. If the sensor is used within its operating range, there is still adequate performance reserve present to compensate for e.g. light soiling or misalignment. Input signal Performance reserve Switching threshold Operating range limit Describes the maximum possible range of the sensor. If the sensor is used at this operating range limit, the sensor functions without performance reserve. This is also referred to as "performance reserve = 1". No additional protection is present, e.g. for soiling. With regards to functional safety, a sensor should never be used at the operating range limit. Performance reserve Receivers of optical sensors require a minimum amount of light to be able to switch (switching threshold). All light over and above this minimum amount is designated as "performance reserve". A distinction must be made between the internal performance reserve and the performance reserve selected by the user. The internal performance reserve provides the user with additional security that the information given on the data-sheet is not the limit of what is actually possible. If, in individual cases, heavy contamination can be expected, the user should provide additional performance reserve by selecting the sensor with the next higher operating range. Contamination, misalignment, etc. Operating range Operating range limit 416 Parallel and serial connection Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG Performance reserve: the light intensity during normal operation is clearly above the minimum value required by the receiver to trigger.

419 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS Accessories Optics heating and lowtemperature versions + 6 C User guidance A²LS: active suppression of extraneous light Optical Sensor ABCs - 3 C Optical sensors are designed for a broad temperature range. Extreme conditions, e.g. intense cooling plants, permanent outdoor installation or on gates and sluices with frequent high/ low temperature transitions, require special low-temperature versions with optics heating. Light and dark switching With light switching optical sensors, the transistor is switched through if the light path is free and disabled if the light path is interrupted. With dark switching sensors it is the other way around. Many photoelectric sensor types offer the choice between light and dark switching variants. Optical sensors with changeover relay are usable in both operating modes. The user chooses through the respective connection. Static - Dynamic The optical sensor output directly follows the light reception during static operation. During dynamic operation however, the optical sensor reacts to the change of brightness. A signal of a certain length is deducted from the change of light to dark. Dynamic optical sensors are suitable for applications which would otherwise deliver impulses too short for evaluation. A typical application would be the monitoring of thin thread on spinning machines. The torn thread passes through the light path only once. For detection of highly-transparent objects, special retro-reflective sensors have to be used. Adjustment of these sensors is normally very time-consuming and varies from sensor to sensor. With user guidance, adjustment happens without an object. Through this, a fast and always reproducible adjustment is achieved. For PET, clear and coloured glass, separate operating points are set within the sensor. Tracking: Automatic contamination compensation Tracking PET Glas for the detection of transparent objects such as foils and glass surfaces are very sensitive to soiling due to their detection characteristics. The tracking function compensates for this gradual soiling. The sensor determines the current reception level and compares this with the initial reference value. In this way, the regulator compensates not only for the soiling, but also for the elevated signal level which occurs after cleaning without the need for new system calibration. It is no longer necessary to stop the machine. In addition, this tracking function makes possible automatic sensor commissioning. Commissioning calibration in the form of a teach-in is no longer necessary. The maintenance intervals are extended considerably. A 2 LS A²LS is the acronym for Active Ambient Light Suppression, the active suppression of extraneous light. And it functions as follows: An optical sensor transmits and receives light at a specific signal frequency and phase. If the sensor detects ambient light which is similar in frequency and/or phase of its own sensor signal, the optical sensor actively and automatically changes its signal or the phase. A high degree of permanent detection reliability is achieved in this way. As a result, not even the pulsed light from energy-saving lamps or other optical sensors has a negative effect on the A²LS optical sensors. Delay before start-up U B Q During connection of the operating voltage to a sensor, different electronic standardising procedures are performed internally. The device is not working during this period. Also during this phase, a short, undefinable output pulse can be generated. The delay before start-up suppresses sensor operation until all device-internal preparations have been concluded. This process takes approximately 5 to 2ms. +49 () info@leuze.de 417

420 DIAGRAM TYPES We reserve the right to make changes Opto_ABC_GB.fm Misalignment y [mm] Typical response behaviour Throughbeam sensors: The diagram illustrates the possible offset of the optical axis from the transmitter and receiver as a function of their distance. Detection by the transmitter and receiver takes place within the two curves. Misalignment y [mm] Typ. response behaviour y y Distance x [m] x y2 y1 Retro-reflective sensors: The diagram illustrates the possible offset of the optical axis of the sensor and the boundary of the reference reflector TK 1x1 as a function of the distance. The sensor is detected by the reflector within the two curves. Typ. response behaviour (TK 1x1) 15 1 y2 5-5 y ,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 Distance x [m] Energetic diffuse reflection scanners and diffuse reflection scanners with background suppression: The diagram illustrates the possible offset of the optical axis of the sensor and the boundary of the measured object (9% white) as a function of distance. With larger distances, the edge of the measured object must cover the optical axis in order to be detected. Misalignment y [mm] Typ. response behaviour (white 9%) 4 3 y y Distance x [mm] x y2 y1 Typical black/white behaviour Diffuse reflection scanner with background suppression: The diagram illustrates the reduction of the scanning range of different-coloured measured objects relative to a white measured object as a function of distance. In the diagram, the scanning range reduction from black (6% diffuse reflection) and grey (18% diffuse reflection) relative to white (9% diffuse reflection) is plotted. In this example, a scanning range reduction of 8mm relative to black is read for a scanning range setting on the sensor of 16mm. Thus, the sensor has a scanning range of 152mm on black. Red. of scanning range y [mm] A white 9% B grey 18% C black 6% Typ. black/white behaviour A B C Scanning range x [mm] x y x y2 y1 418 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

421 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATION Accessories Optical sensors for the potentially explosive area CE labelling C-UL-US certification Optical Sensor ABCs U L US C LISTED In order to use optical sensors in potentially explosive atmospheres, it is necessary to take constructive measures to avoid the explosion of an inflammable mixture even if an error occurs. The principle of such a measure is marked by the protection method (examples: pressurisation or intrinsic safety). The protection method intrinsic safety is available for all sensor operating principles. They are examined and equipped with the respective certificate of conformity. They also conform to the standards of the BG-Chemie. Intrinsically safe optical sensors An intrinsically safe circuit must never, neither in normal function nor in abnormal conditions, release sufficient ignition energy which can through - sparks (opening, closing, short circuit, ground contact) or - extreme heating of the operating material and conductors cause an ignition of the surrounding explosive atmosphere. Switching amplifiers take over the function of dividing the explosive area and the safe area. The connection to the sensor is done via the NAMUR-interface acc. to DIN The different switching amplifier types differ with respect to operating voltage and output. Via DIP switches the output signal can be inverted (light/dark switching) and wire-break or short-circuit monitoring can be activated. An important goal of the European Union (EU) is free trade and the standardisation of applicable regulations within EU member countries. To achieve this aim, the European parliament has enacted certain guidelines. 98/37/EC Machine directive (26/42/EC) 24/18/EC EMC directive 26/95/EC Low voltage directive If a product falls under one of these directives, it must only be placed on the market if it meets the requirements of the respective directive. The product also has to be marked with the CE label. The CE certification certifies conformity with the applicable guideline(s). All listed products are equipped with the CE certification. Standards For optical sensors, there are independent, harmonised product standards on both national and international levels. These product standards ensure adherence to the corresponding basic and specific standards. Among other topics, optical sensor functions, construction requirements, pin assignments, temperature ranges, protection classes, electromagnetic compatibility as well as vibration and shock load are described in these standards. The applicable international standard is the IEC , for Europe EN (in Germany: DIN EN or VDE 66 part 28.) Products with this certification meet the requirements specified by UL (Underwriters Laboratory Inc.) for both the USA as well as Canada. The adherence to the specifications is checked during periodical audits by the UL officials or their representatives. The product standard which is used is UL 58. CDRH Laser products which are imported into the USA are to be specified by the manufacturer to the CDRH (Center for Devices and Radiological Health), a branch of the FDA. Verification of conformity with the applicable US rules for laser products (21 CFR 14.1 and, if applicable, including the applicable laser notices, issued by the CDRH) is to be documented and an appropriate certification attached to the products. Products with the CDRH certification in the catalog or to which the certification label has been attached fulfil the specified rules. +49 () info@leuze.de 419

422 PART INDEX Marker We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page A ARH ARH B BL BL BL BS BT - Kflex long vers BT - Kflex standard BT - NC BT - S BT - SSD BT BT BT ARH BT 3B BT BT BT BT BT , 399 BT , 376, 399 BT , 399 BT , 376, 399 BT BT 8 - ARH BT 8 - C35x7, BT 8 - D , 375, 376 BT 8 - D , 375, 376 BT 8 - D BT 8 - D , 375, 376 BT 8-C BT , 37 BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT C CB - M12-1S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-1S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-15S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-2S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-25S - 5GF/GM CB - M12-5S - 5GF/GM CRT 2B M/N S CRT 2B M/N S CRT 2B M/N S CRT 2B M/N S CRT 2B M/P S CRT 2B M/P S CRT 2B M/P S CRT 2B M/P S CRT 442 K/N S CRT 442 K/P S CRTM 2 M/V S CRTM 2 M/V S CTS 1 x D D M8A - 3P - SK D M8A - 4P - SK E Extended carriage F FRK 92 / 3-3 L Ex FRK 95 / L FRK 95 / L FRK 95 / L FRKR 95 / L FRKR 95 / L G GF 1 / 1 LS - MS GF 1 / 1 LS - SI GF 1 / 1 LS - VA GF 1 / 1 RT - MS GF 1 / 1 RT - MS GF 1 / 1 RT - SI Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

423 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page GF 1 / 1 RT - VA GF 1 / 4 LS - MS GF 1 / 4 LS - SI GF 1 / 4 LS - VA GF 1 / 4 RT - MS GF 1 / 4 RT - SI GF 1 / 4 RT - VA GF 15 / 1 RT - MS GF 15 / 4 LS - MS GF 15 / 4 LS - VA GF 15 / 4 RT - MS GF 15 / 4 RT - VA GF 2 / 1 LS - V GF 2 / 4 LS - MS GF 2 / 4 LS - SI GF 2 / 4 LS - VA GF 2 / 4 RT - MS GF 2 / 4 RT - SI GF 2 / 4 RT - VA GF 25 / 4 LS - VA GF 25 / 4 RT - MS GF 25 / 4 RT - SI GF 25 / 4 RT / VA GF 3 / 4 LS - MS GF 3 / 4 LS - SI GF 3 / 4 LS - VA GF 3 / 4 RT - MS GF 3 / 4 RT - SI GF 3 / 4 RT - VA GF 35 / 4 RT / VA GF 5 / 1 LS - MS GF 5 / 1 LS - SI GF 5 / 1 LS - VA GF 5 / 1 RT - MS GF 5 / 1 RT - SI GF 5 / 1 RT - VA GF 5 / 4 LS - MS GF 5 / 4 LS - SI GF 5 / 4 LS - VA GF 5 / 4 RT - MS GF 5 / 4 RT - SI GF 5 / 4 RT - VA GF 5 / 4 LS - VA GF 5 / 4 RT - MS GF 6 / 1 RT - MS - D5 - L GF 6 / 1 RT - Si - W - 1, GF 6 / 4 RT - MS GK 14 / 24 L GK 14 / 24 L GS 4 M/N S GS 4 M/N S GS 4 M/N S GS 4 M/N S GS 4 M/N S GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/P S GS 4 M/P S GS 6 / S GS 6 / S GS 6 / S GS 6 / GS 6 / S GS 6 / 66-2, 15 - S GS 6 / GS 6 / S GS 6 / 66-5, GS 6 / GS 6 / S GS 6 / GS 6 / S GS 6 / , 15 - S GS 6 / GS 6 / S GS 6 / GS 6 / , GS 6 / 66D - 2, 43 - S GS 6 / 6D S GS 21 / 4 G, GS 754 M/D - 1/ S GS 754 M/D - 29/ S GS 754 M/D - 29/ S GS 754 M/V - 1/ S GS 754 M/V - 1/ S () info@leuze.de 421

424 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page GS 754 M/V - 29/ S GS 754 M/V - 29/ S GSL 4 M/P S GSL 4 M/P S GSL 4 M/P S GSU 6 / GSU 6 / S GSU 6 / 24D GSU 6 / 24D S GSU 6 / 24D - 2, 2 - S GSU 6 / 24D S GSU 6 / 4D S GSU 14B / S GSU 14B / 66D.3 - S H HRT 25 / S HRT 25 / S HRT 25 / 66-3, 15 - S HRT 25 / 66-3, HRT 25 / S HRT 25 / S HRT 46B / 4 - S HRT 46B / F - S HRT 46B / 44 - S HRT 46B / 4D - S HRT 46B / 4D, 2 - S HRT 46B / 66-55F - S HRT 46B / 66 - S HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n HRT 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n HRT 46B / F - S HRT 46B / 7 - S HRT 8 / S HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/P HRT 96 K/R HRT 96 K/R HRT 96 M / A HRT 96 M / A HRT 96 M / P Ex n HRT 96 M / P Ex n HRT 96 M / P Ex n HRT 96 M/N HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P - 336W HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/P HRT 96 M/R HRT 96 M/R HRTL 46B / 66 - S HRTL 46B / 66, 2 - S HRTL 8 / HRTL 8 / S HRTL 8 / HRTL 8 / S HRTL 8 / S HRTL 8 / S HRTL 8 / 66-35, HRTL 96B M/66.1S - S HRTR 25 / HRTR 25 / S HRTR 25 / S HRTR 25 / HRTR 25 / S Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

425 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page HRTR 25 / S HRTR 25 / 66-3, 1 - S HRTR 25 / 66-3, 3 - S HRTR 25 / 66-3, 5 - S HRTR 318 K/ HRTR 318 K/ S HRTR 318 M/ HRTR 318 M/ S HRTR 3B / HRTR 3B / 22 - S HRTR 3B / 4 - XL - S HRTR 3B / 4, 2 - S HRTR 3B / HRTR 3B / 44 - S HRTR 3B / 44 - XL - S HRTR 3B / 44 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 44, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 6 - S - S HRTR 3B / 6 - S, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 6 - S HRTR 3B / 6 - XL - S HRTR 3B / HRTR 3B / 66 - S HRTR 3B / 66 - S - S HRTR 3B / 66 - S, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 66 - S, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 66 - S HRTR 3B / 66 - XL HRTR 3B / 66 - XL - S HRTR 3B / 66 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 66 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 66, 2 - S HRTR 3B / 66, 2 - S HRTR 46B / 4 - S HRTR 46B / 4D - S HRTR 46B / 66 - S - S HRTR 46B / 66 - S HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n HRTR 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n HRTR 53 / 6 - S - S HRTR 53 / 6 - S, 2 - S HRTR 53 / 6 - S HRTR 53 / 6 - XL - S HRTR 53 / 6 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 53 / 6, 2 - S HRTR 53 / 66 - S - S HRTR 53 / 66 - S, 2 - S HRTR 53 / 66 - S HRTR 53 / 66 - XL - S HRTR 53 / 66 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 53 / 66, 2 - S HRTR 8 / HRTR 8 / S HRTR 8 / HRTR 8 / S HRTR 8 / 66-35, HRTR 55 / 6 - S - S HRTR 55 / 6 - S HRTR 55 / 6 - XL - S HRTR 55 / 66 - S - S HRTR 55 / 66 - S, 2 - S HRTR 55 / 66 - S HRTR 55 / 66 - XL - S HRTR 55 / 66 - XL, 2 - S HRTR 55 / 66, 2 - S HRTU 418 M/P S HRTU 418 M/P S HRTU 418 M/V S HRTU 418 M/V S HRTU 418 M/V S HRTU 418 M/V S HRTU 418 RM/P S HRTU 418 RM/P S HRTU 418 RM/P S HRTU 418 RM/P S HRTU 418 WM/P S HRTU 418 WM/P S HRTU 418 WM/P S HRTU 418 WM/P S HRTU 8 / S HTK HTK V HTK 82-24V () info@leuze.de 423

426 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page I IGSU 14B / S IGSU 14B / 6D.3 - S IHRT 46B / 4 - S IHRT 46B / 4, 2 - S IHRT 46B / 4D - S IHRT 46B / 4D, 2 - S ILS 95 / 44 E - L ILSER 25B / 4 - S ILSER 3B/4 - S ILSER 3B/4, 2 - S ILSER 46B/4 - S ILSER 8 / A - S ILSR 95 / 44 E - L IPRK 18 / 4 DL IPRK 18 / A - L IPRK 18 / A L IPRK 18 / A.1 L IPRK 18 / V L IPRK 25B / 4 - S IPRK 25B / 4, 2 - S IPRK 25B / S IPRK 25B / 4.3, 2 - S IPRK 46B / 4 - S IPRK 46B / S IPRK 8 / A - S IPRK 95 / 4.8 L IPRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 44 L IPRK 95 / 44 L IRK 95 / L IRKR 95 / L IRTR 8 / A S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ S IVBR/ , IVBR/ S IVBR/ S K K - D M12A - 3P - 5m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - DP - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - DP - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - DP - PUR K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - PUR K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - FAB K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - PUR K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - FAB K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - PUR K - D M12A - 8P - 1m - PUR K - D M12A - 8P - 2m - PUR K - D M12A - 8P - 5m - PUR K - D M12AS - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M12AS - 4P - 5m - PVC K - D M12W - 3P - 2m - PVC K - D M12W - 3P - 5m - PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - DP - PUR K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - PUR K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - FAB K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - PUR K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - FAB K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - PUR K - D M12W - 5P - 5m - PVC K - D M12WS - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M12WS - 4P - 5m - PVC K - D M8A - 3P - 1m - PUR K - D M8A - 3P - 1m - PVC Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

427 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page K - D M8A - 3P - 2m - PUR K - D M8A - 3P - 2m - PVC K - D M8A - 3P - 5m - PUR K - D M8A - 4P - 1m - FAB K - D M8A - 4P - 1m - PUR K - D M8A - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - PUR K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - PUR K - D M8A - 4P - 5m - PVC K - D M8W - 3P - 1m - PUR K - D M8W - 3P - 1m - PVC K - D M8W - 3P - 2m - PUR K - D M8W - 3P - 2m - PVC K - D M8W - 3P - 5m - PUR K - D M8W - 3P - 5m - PVC K - D M8W - 4P - 1m - PUR K - D M8W - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - DP - PUR K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - FAB K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - PUR K - D M8W - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - DP - PUR K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - FAB K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - PUR K - D M8W - 4P - 5m - PVC K - DS M8A - M12A - 4P -,3m - PVC K - D M12A - 3P - 2m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M12A - 4P - 5m - PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 1m - PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 2m - PVC K - D M12A - 5P - 5m - PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 1m - PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 2m - PVC K - D M12W - 4P - 5m - PVC K - D M12W - 5P - 1m - PVC K - D M12W - 5P - 2m - PVC K - D M8A - 3P - 5m - PVC K - D M8A - 4P - 2m - PVC KB AW KB AW KB AW KB - ET SA - RJ KB - ET SA - RJ KB - ROD KB - ROD KB - ROD4 - CP KB - ROD4 - CP KB - ROD4 plus KB - ROD4 plus KB - ROD4PC KB - ROD4PC KD - ROD4 - X1 - Set KD - ROD4 - X2 - Set KD KD 95-4A KD KD 95-5A KD 95-5A - PG KF 2 / 1 RT - M5 - Z KF 2 / 1 RT KF 2 / 2 LS KF 2 / 2 LS KF 2 / 2 LS KF 2 / 2 LS KF 2 / 2 RT - M4 - D KF 2 / 2 RT KF 2 / 2 RT KF 2 / 2 RT KONTURflex-128 diaphragm profile KONTURflex-16 diaphragm profile KONTURflex-192 diaphragm profile KONTURflex-256 diaphragm profile KONTURflex-48 diaphragm profile KONTURflex-64 diaphragm profile KR KR 1-32 ex KR KR 2-32 ex KR KR 4-32 ex KR KRTG 2 M/N S () info@leuze.de 425

428 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page KRTG 2 M/N S KRTG 2 M/P S KRTG 2 M/P S KRTG 2 M/P S KRTG 2 M/P S KRTG 8 / S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/N S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/P S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KRTM 2 M/V S KS 95-4A KT KT 1-32 ex KT KT 2-32 ex KT KT 4-32 ex KT L LRT 4 / , LRT 4 / , LRT 4 / LRT 4 / LRT 44 / S LRT 44 / S LRT 8 / S LRT 8 / S LRT 8 / S LS 92 / 3 E - L Ex LS 92 / 3 SE - L Ex LS 95 / 2.8 SE - L LSE 318 K/N LSE 318 K/N - S LSE 318 K/P LSE 318 K/P - S LSE 318 M/N LSE 318 M/P LSE 318 M/P - S LSE 318 WK/N - S LSE 318 WK/P - S LSE 318 WM/N LSE 318 WM/P LSE 318 WM/P - S LSE 96 K/P LSE 96 K/P LSE 96 K/P LSE 96 K/P LSE 96 K/P LSE 96 K/R LSE 96 K/R LSE 96 M/ A - 182W LSE 96 M/A - 182W - 73 Ex n LSE 96 M/N LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P - 181W LSE 96 M/P - 181W LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P Ex n LSE 96 M/P Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

429 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/P LSE 96 M/R LSE 96 M/R - 176W LSE 96 M/R LSEL 318 K/P - B5 - S LSEL 318 M/P LSEL 318 M/P - B LSEL 318 M/P - B5 - S LSEL 318 M/P - S LSER 25B / LSER 25B / 66 - S LSER 25B / 66 - S LSER 25B / S LSER 3B/ LSER 3B/66 - S LSER 3B/66, LSER 3B/ S LSER 46B/ LSER 46B/66 - S LSER 46B/66, 2 - S LSER 46B/ S LSER 53/66 - S LSER 55/66 - S LSER 55/66, 2 - S LSER 8 / LSER 8 / 44 - S LSER 8 / LSER 8 / 66 - S LSERL 8 / LSERL 8 / S LSEU 18 / 24 - S LSEU 18 / S LSEU 8 / 24 - S LSR 95 / 2.8 SE - L LSS 318 K LSS 318 K LSS 318 K S LSS 318 K - S LSS 318 M LSS 318 M LSS 318 M S LSS 318 M - S LSS 318 WK - S LSS 318 WM LSS 318 WM - S LSS 96 K LSS 96 K LSS 96 K LSS 96 K LSS 96 M , 128 LSS 96 M Ex n LSS 96 M LSS 96 M LSS 96 M LSS 96 M LSS 96 M LSS 96 M , 128 LSS 96 M - 12W LSS 96 M - 12W LSS 96 M LSS 96 M - 175W LSS 96 M - 18W LSS 96 M - 18W - 73 Ex n LSSL 318 K - S LSSL 318 M LSSL 318 M - S LSSR 25B - S LSSR 25B LSSR 25B.8 - S LSSR 25B.8 - S LSSR 3B - S LSSR 3B LSSR 3B.8 - S LSSR 3B.8, 2 - S LSSR 3B.8, LSSR 46B LSSR 46B - S LSSR 46B, 2 - S LSSR 46B.8 - S LSSR S LSSR S LSSR 55.8, 2 - S LSSR LSSR 8 - S () info@leuze.de 427

430 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page LSSR 8 / A.8 - S LSSRL LSSRL S LSSU 18 - S LSSU S LSSU 8 - S LVSR 325 K / N LVSR 325 K / N S LVSR 325 K / P LVSR 325 K / P S LVSR 325 K / P LVSR 325 K / P S LVSR 424 / N LVSR 424 / N S LVSR 424 / P S LVSR 424 / P LVSR 424 / P S M MSI - m / R MSI - me / R MSI - mx / Rx MSI - mxe / Rx MTK MTKS 14 x MTKS 14 x 23.P MTKS 2 x MTKS 2 x MTKS 2 x MTKS 3 x MTKS 4 x MTKS 5 x O OB 12 - KRT OB 2 - KRT OB 5 - KRT ODS 25 / V S ODS 96 M/V ODS 96 M/V ODS 96 M/V ODS 96 M/V Ex d ODS 96B M/ S ODS 96B M/C6-6 - S ODS 96B M/C S ODS 96B M/D S ODS 96B M/D S ODS 96B M/V S ODS 96B M/V6-6 - S ODSL 3 / 24-3M - S ODSL 3 / D 232-3M - S ODSL 3 / D 485-3M - S ODSL 3 / V - 3M - S ODSL 8 / S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / C S ODSL 8 / D4-4 - S ODSL 8 / D S ODSL 8 / V4-4 - S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 8 / V S ODSL 96 K/ S ODSL 96 K/V S ODSL 96B M/ S ODSL 96B M/C XL - S ODSL 96B M/C6-2 - S ODSL 96B M/C6-2 Ex d ODSL 96B M/C6-8 - S ODSL 96B M/D S ODSL 96B M/D S ODSL 96B M/V XL - S ODSL 96B M/V6-2 - S ODSL 96B M/V6-8 - S ODSLR 96B M/C6-2 - S ODSLR 96B M/V6-2 - S ODSR 96B M/C6-6 - S ODSR 96B M/V6-6 - S P PRK 18 / 2 DL PRK 18 / 24 DL PRK 18 / 24 DL PRK 18 / 4 DL Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

431 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page PRK 18 / 4 L PRK 18 / 4 L PRK 18 / 4, PRK 25 / PRK 25 / S PRK 25 / S PRK 25 / 66.2, 15 - S PRK 25 / PRK 25 / S PRK 25 / S PRK 25 / 66.41, 15 - S PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / 44 - S PRK 25B / 4D.3 - S PRK 25B / 4D.3 - S PRK 25B / 4D.3, 2 - S PRK 25B / PRK 25B / 66 - S PRK 25B / 66 - S PRK 25B / 66, 1 - S PRK 25B / 66, 2 - S PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S PRK 25B / 66.3, 2 - S PRK 25B / PRK 25B / S PRK 25B / S PRK 318 K/N PRK 318 K/N - S PRK 318 K/P PRK 318 K/P - S PRK 318 M/N PRK 318 M/N - S PRK 318 M/P PRK 318 M/P - S PRK 318 WK/P PRK 318 WK/P - S PRK 318 WM/P PRK 318 WM/P - S PRK 3B / S PRK 3B / PRK 3B / S PRK 3B / 6.22, 2 - S PRK 3B / 6.22, 2 - S PRK 3B / PRK 3B / 66 - S PRK 3B / 66, 2 - S PRK 3B / 66, 2 - S PRK 3B / S PRK 3B / 6D.22 - S PRK 3B / 6D PRK 412 M/P PRK 412 M/P - S PRK 46B / S PRK 46B / 44 - S PRK 46B / S PRK 46B / 4D.2 - S PRK 46B / S PRK 46B / PRK 46B / 66 - S PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S12 S - Ex n PRK 46B / 66, 2 - S12 W - Ex n PRK 46B / S PRK 46B / S PRK 46B / 66.2, 2 - S PRK 46B / 7D - S PRK 53 / S PRK 53 / S PRK 53 / 6.22, 2 - S PRK 55 / 6 - S PRK 55 / S PRK 55 / S PRK 55 / 6.22, 2 - S PRK 55 / 66 - S PRK 55 / 66, 2 - S PRK 618 / 4 - S PRK 8 / PRK 8 / 44 - S PRK 8 / PRK 8 / 66 - S () info@leuze.de 429

432 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page PRK 8 / S PRK 8 / S PRK 8 / S PRK 92 / 3 L Ex PRK 95 / 22 L PRK 95 / 4 L PRK 95 / 44 L PRK 95 / 44 L PRK 95 / A L PRK 96 K/N PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/P PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 K/R PRK 96 M / A PRK 96 M / P Ex n PRK 96 M / P Ex n PRK 96 M/N PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/P PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R PRK 96 M/R PRKL 25B / 4D.1 - S PRKL 25B / S PRKL 25B / PRKL 25B / S PRKL 25B / S PRKL 318 K/P - S PRKL 318 M/P PRKL 318 M/P - S PRKL 3B / S PRKL 3B / PRKL 3B / S PRKL 3B / 6.22, 2 - S PRKL 3B / 6.22, 2 - S PRKL 3B / 6D.22 - S PRKL 53 / S PRKL 53 / S PRKL 53 / 6.22, 2 - S PRKL 55 / S PRKL 55 / S PRKL 55 / 6.22, 2 - S PRKL 8 / PRKL 8 / S Q QUATTRO - CANopen , 358 QUATTRO - DP , 358 QUATTRO - DP / KV , 358 QUATTRO - RSX , 358 QUATTRO - RSX / M , 358 R Reflective tape No. 4 / 1 x 1mm Reflective tape No. 4 / 2 x 2mm Reflective tape No. 4 / 25 x 1 mm Reflective tape No. 4 / 5 x 1 mm Reflective tape No. 4 / 5 x 5mm Reflective tape No. 4 / Xmm x 1mm Reflective tape No. 4 1mm roll Reflective tape No. 4 25mm roll Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

433 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page Reflective tape No. 4 5mm roll Reflective tape No x 749mm Reflective tape No. 6 / 25 x 25mm Reflective tape No. 6 / 5 x 5mm RK 18 / 4 DL RK 318 K/N RK 318 K/N - S RK 318 K/P RK 318 K/P - S RK 318 M/N RK 318 M/N - S RK 318 M/P RK 318 M/P - S RK 3B / RK 96 K/R RK 96 M/P RKR 18 / 4 DL RKR 18 / 4 DL RKR 18 / 4 L RKR 18 / 4, RKR 3B / 22D.1 - S RKR 3B / 44D.1 - S RKR 3B / RKR 3B / S RKR 3B / 6.42, 2 - S RKR 3B / 6.42, 2 - S RKR 3B / RKR 3B / 6D RKR 53 / S RKR 53 / S RKR 53 / 6.42, 2 - S RKR 55 / S RKR 55 / S RKR 55 / 6.42, 2 - S RKR 95 / 44-6 L RKU 418 RM/P S RKU 418 RM/P S RKU 418 WM/P S RKU 418 WM/P S RKU 8 / S ROD 4-8 plus ROD ROD ROD ROD 4 - MS ROD 4 plus RT 318 K/N RT 318 K/N S RT 318 K/N RT 318 K/N S RT 318 K/N S RT 318 K/P S RT 318 K/P RT 318 K/P S RT 318 K/P RT 318 K/P S RT 318 K/P RT 318 K/P S RT 318 M/N S RT 318 M/N RT 318 M/N S RT 318 M/N RT 318 M/N S RT 318 M/P RT 318 M/P S RT 318 M/P RT 318 M/P S RT 318 M/P RT 318 M/P S RT 318 WK/N S RT 318 WK/P RT 318 WK/P S RT 318 WK/P RT 318 WK/P S RT 318 WM/P S RT 318 WM/P S RT 412 M/P RT 412 M/P S RT 618 / S RT 96 K/N RT 96 K/P RT 96 K/P RT 96 M/P RT 96 M/P RT 96 M/R RTFR 25B / () info@leuze.de 431

434 PART INDEX We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbTIX.fm Part Page Part Page RTFR 25B / 66 - S RTFR 25B / 66 - S RTFR 25B / 66, 2 - S RTFR 3B / 6 - S RTFR 3B / RTFR 3B / 66 - S RTFR 3B / 66, 2 - S RTFR 3B / 6D - S RTL 318 K/P S RTL 318 M/P S RTR 25 / RTR 25 / S RTR 25 / RTR 25 / S RTR 25 / S RTR 25 / , 15 - S RTR 25B / 66 - S RTR 3B / RTR 3B / 66 - S RTR 46B / RTR 46B / 66 - S RTR 46B / 66, 2 - S RTR 8 / RTR 8 / S RTR 8 / RTR 8 / S S SAT , 366, 368, 369, 37, 372, 373 SET LS 412 M/P - S SET LS 618 / 4 - S SLSE 318 K/P SLSE 318 K/P - S SLSE 318 M/P - S SLSE 96 K/P T SLSE 96 K/P T SLSE 96 K/P T SLSE 96 K/P T SLSE 96 K/P 17 - T SLSE 96 K/P 17 - T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P T SLSE 96 M/P 17 - T2-21 Ex n SLSER 25B / SLSER 25B / 66 - S SLSER 25B / 66 - S SLSER 25B / 66, 2 - S SLSER 46B / SLSER 46B / 66 - S SLSER 8 / 66 - S SLSR 95 / 2.8 SE - L SLSR 95 / 44 E - L SLSS 318 K SLSS 318 K - S SLSS 318 M - S SLSS 96 K T SLSS 96 K T SLSS 96 K 18 - T SLSS 96 K 18 - T SLSS 96 M T SLSS 96 M T SLSS 96 M T SLSS 96 M T SLSS 96 M T SLSS 96 M 18 - T2-24 Ex n SLSS 96 M/P T SLSSR 25B SLSSR 25B.8 - S SLSSR 25B.8 - S SLSSR 25B.8, 2 - S SLSSR 46B SLSSR 46B.8 - S SLSSR S T TG TG TG TG TK 1.P TK 1 x TK 2 x Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

435 TYPE DESIGNATION Part Page Part Page TK TK TK 3 x TK TK 4 x TK TK 5 x TK TK TK TK TKA 3 x TKA 3 x TKS 1 x TKS 1 x TKS 2 x TKS 2 x 4.P TKS 2.P TKS TKS 3 x TKS 3 x TKS 3 x TKS 4 x TKS 4 x 6.P TKS 5 x TKS 5 x TKS 5 x TMC TNT U UMS 25 - D UMS 25 - D UMS 25 - D UMS D UMS D UMS 8 - D UMS 8 - D UMS 8 - D UMS D UMS D UMS D UMS D UMS D UMS D UMS , 375 UMS UMS US US US V VBT-1-7-S VBT S VBT S VBT , VBT-5-35-S VBT-5-35-S VRTR 8 / S VRTR 8 / VRTR 8 / S VRTU 43 M/P S VRTU 43 M/P S VRTU 43 M/P S VRTU 43 M/P S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VRTU 43 M/V S VS 43/N VS 43/R VS 43/R-AC W WZ - OB - KRT () info@leuze.de 433

436 PART INDEX Marker We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbAIX.fm 434 Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG , , ,

437 PART NUMBER Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page , 376, , , , 376, , 375, , 375, , 375, () info@leuze.de 435

438 We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbAIX.fm 436 PART INDEX Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

439 PART NUMBER Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page () info@leuze.de 437

440 We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbAIX.fm 438 PART INDEX Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page , , Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

441 PART NUMBER Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page , () info@leuze.de 439

442 We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbAIX.fm 44 PART INDEX Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page , Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG

443 PART NUMBER Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page () info@leuze.de 441

444 We reserve the right to make changes VK_LOS_29_gbAIX.fm 442 PART INDEX Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page and following Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG , , , , ,

445 Copyright All rights reserved, especially the right of reproduction and translation. Copying or reproductions in any form require the written consent of Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG. Product names are used without warranty of unrestricted applicability. Changes reflecting technical improvements may be made Copyright 29 Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG In der Braike 1, D Owen / Teck

446 Optoelectronic Cubic Series Cylindrical, Mini, Fibre Optic Amplifiers Measuring Special Light Curtains Forked Double Sheet Monitoring, Splice Detection Accessories Identification Systems Data Transmission Systems Distance Measurement Barcode Readers RF-IDent-System Modular Interfacing Units Industrial Image Processing Systems Optical Data Transmission Systems Optical Distance Measurement/Positioning Hand-Held Readers Safety Safety Systems Safety Services Safety Laser Scanners Safety Light Curtains Transceiver and Multiple Light Beam Safety Devices Single Light Beam Safety Devices AS-i-Safety Product Range Safety Sensor Technology for PROFIBUS DP Safety Switches and Safety Locking Devices Safety Relays and Safety Interfaces Sensor Accessories and Signal Devices Safety Engineering Software Machine Safety Services Leuze electronic GmbH + Co. KG In der Braike 1 D Owen / Germany Phone +49 () 721 / 573- Fax +49 () 721 / info@leuze.de GB 3 1/ We reserve the right to make changes